Ա Մնացորդաց / 1 Chronicles - 29 |

Text:
< PreviousԱ Մնացորդաց - 29 1 Chronicles - 29Next >


jfb▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ac▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
David has said what he had to say to Solomon. But he had something more to say to the congregation before he parted with them. I. He pressed them to contribute, according to their ability, towards the building and furnishing of the temple, ver. 1-5. II. They made their presents accordingly with great generosity, ver. 6-9. III. David offered up solemn prayers and praises to God upon that occasion (ver. 10-20), with sacrifices, ver. 21, 22. IV. Solomon was hereupon enthroned, with great joy and magnificence, ver. 23-25. V. David, soon after this finished his course, ver. 26-30. And it is hard to say which shines brighter here, the setting sun or the rising sun.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
David enumerates the gifts which he designed for the building of the temple; and exhorts the princes and people to make their offerings, Ch1 29:1-5. They offer willingly, and to a great amount, Ch1 29:6-9. David's thanksgiving and prayer to God on the occasion, Ch1 29:10-19. The princes and people praise God, offer sacrifices and feasts before him, make Solomon King, and do him homage, Ch1 29:20-24. The Lord magnifies Solomon, Ch1 29:25. Concluding account of David's reign, character, and death, Ch1 29:26-30.
1 Chronicles 29:1
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
Ch1 29:1, David, by his example and entreaty, Ch1 29:6, causes the princes and people to offer willingly; Ch1 29:10, David's thanksgiving and prayer; Ch1 29:20, The people, having blessed God, and sacrificed, make Solomon king; Ch1 29:26, David's reign and death.
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

Contributions of the collected princes for the building of the temple. - David then turns to the assembled princes to press upon them the furthering of the building of the temple. After referring to the youth of his son, and to the greatness of the work to be accomplished (1Chron 29:1), he mentions what materials he has prepared for the building of the temple (1Chron 29:2); then further states what he has resolved to give in addition from his private resources (1Chron 29:4); and finally, after this introduction, calls upon those present to make a voluntary collection for this great work (1Chron 29:5). The words, "as only one hath God chosen him," form a parenthesis, which is to be translated as a relative sentence for "my son, whom alone God hath chosen." ורך נער as in 1Chron 22:5. The work is great, because not for man the palace, scil. is intended, i.e., shall be built, but for Jahve God. הבּירה, the citadel, the palace; a later word, generally used of the residence of the Persian king (Esther 1:2, Esther 1:5; Esther 2:3; Neh 1:1), only in Neh 2:8 of the citadel by the temple; here transferred to the temple as the glorious palace of Jahve, the God-king of Israel. With 1Chron 29:2, cf. 1Chron 22:14. וגו לזּהב הזּהב, the gold for the golden, etc., i.e., for the vessels and ornaments of gold, cf. 1Chron 28:14. וּמלּוּאים שׁהם אבני as in Ex 25:7; Ex 35:9, precious stones for the ephod and choshen. שׁהם, probably beryl. מּלּוּאים אבני, stones of filling, that is, precious stones which are put in settings. פּוּך אבני, stones of pigment, i.e., ornament, conjecturally precious stones which, from their black colour, were in appearance like פּוּך, stibium, a common eye pigment (see 4Kings 9:30). רקמה אבני, stones of variegated colour, i.e., with veins of different colours. יקרה אבן, precious stones, according to 2Chron 3:6, for ornamenting the walls. שׁישׁ אבני, white marble stones.
Geneva 1599
Furthermore David the king said unto all the congregation, Solomon my son, whom alone God hath chosen, [is yet] young and tender, and the work [is] great: for the palace [is] not for man, but for the (a) LORD God.
(a) Therefore it should be excellent in all points.
John Gill
INTRODUCTION TO 1 CHRONICLES 29
This chapter relates how largely and liberally David, besides what he had before done, and his princes, offered towards defraying the expenses of building the temple, 1Chron 29:1 and the joy and thankfulness that he and his people expressed on that account, attended with prayers for Solomon, and offering sacrifices unto the Lord, 1Chron 29:9 and the chapter is closed, and so the book, with an account of the second unction of Solomon, the placing him on the throne, and the submission of all ranks of men unto him, and of the death of David, 1Chron 29:22.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
DAVID CAUSES THE PRINCES AND PEOPLE TO OFFER FOR THE HOUSE OF GOD. (1Chron 29:1-9)
Solomon . . . is yet young and tender--Though Solomon was very young when he was raised to the sovereign power, his kingdom escaped the woe pronounced (Eccles 10:16). Mere childhood in a prince is not always a misfortune to a nation, as there are instances of the government being wisely administered during a minority. Solomon himself is a most illustrious proof that a young prince may prove a great blessing; for when he was but a mere child, with respect to his age, no nation was happier. His father, however, made this address before Solomon was endowed with the divine gift of wisdom, and David's reference to his son's extreme youth, in connection with the great national undertaking he had been divinely appointed to execute, was to apologize to this assembly of the estates--or, rather, to assign the reason of his elaborate preparations for the work.
29:129:1: Եւ ասէ Դաւիթ արքայ ցամենայն եկեղեցին. Սողոմոն որդի իմ զոր ընտրեաց իւր Տէր, մանուկ փո՛քր է, եւ գործս մե՛ծ է. վասն զի ո՛չ մարդոյ է շինուածս, այլ Տեառն Աստուծոյ։
1 Դաւիթ արքան ասաց բոլոր ժողովականներին. «Իմ որդի Սողոմոնը, որին Տէրն ընտրեց իր համար, փոքր է, իսկ գործը՝ մեծ, քանզի ոչ թէ մարդու համար է այս շինուածքը, այլ՝ Տէր Աստծու:
29 Դաւիթ թագաւորը բոլոր ժողովուրդին ըսաւ. «Իմ որդիս Սողոմոնը, որ Աստուած ընտրեց, փափուկ տղայ մըն է, բայց գործը մեծ է. քանզի այս պալատը մարդու համար չէ, հապա Տէր Աստուծոյ համար է։
Եւ ասէ Դաւիթ արքայ ցամենայն եկեղեցին. Սողոմոն որդի իմ [458]զոր ընտրեաց իւր Տէր, մանուկ փոքր է, եւ գործս մեծ է. վասն զի ոչ մարդոյ է շինուածս, այլ Տեառն Աստուծոյ:

29:1: Եւ ասէ Դաւիթ արքայ ցամենայն եկեղեցին. Սողոմոն որդի իմ զոր ընտրեաց իւր Տէր, մանուկ փո՛քր է, եւ գործս մե՛ծ է. վասն զի ո՛չ մարդոյ է շինուածս, այլ Տեառն Աստուծոյ։
1 Դաւիթ արքան ասաց բոլոր ժողովականներին. «Իմ որդի Սողոմոնը, որին Տէրն ընտրեց իր համար, փոքր է, իսկ գործը՝ մեծ, քանզի ոչ թէ մարդու համար է այս շինուածքը, այլ՝ Տէր Աստծու:
29 Դաւիթ թագաւորը բոլոր ժողովուրդին ըսաւ. «Իմ որդիս Սողոմոնը, որ Աստուած ընտրեց, փափուկ տղայ մըն է, բայց գործը մեծ է. քանզի այս պալատը մարդու համար չէ, հապա Տէր Աստուծոյ համար է։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
29:129:1 И сказал царь Давид всему собранию: Соломон, сын мой, которого одного избрал Бог, молод и малосилен, а дело сие велико, потому что не для человека здание сие, а для Господа Бога.
29:1 καὶ και and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith ὁ ο the βασιλεὺς βασιλευς monarch; king πάσῃ πας all; every τῇ ο the ἐκκλησίᾳ εκκλησια assembly Σαλωμων σαλωμων the υἱός υιος son μου μου of me; mine εἷς εις.1 one; unit ὃν ος who; what ᾑρέτικεν αιρετιζω choose ἐν εν in αὐτῷ αυτος he; him κύριος κυριος lord; master νέος νεος new; young καὶ και and; even ἁπαλός απαλος tender καὶ και and; even τὸ ο the ἔργον εργον work μέγα μεγας great; loud ὅτι οτι since; that οὐκ ου not ἀνθρώπῳ ανθρωπος person; human ἡ ο the οἰκοδομή οικοδομη building ἀλλ᾿ αλλα but ἢ η or; than κυρίῳ κυριος lord; master θεῷ θεος God
29:1 וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֨אמֶר yyˌōmer אמר say דָּוִ֤יד dāwˈîḏ דָּוִד David הַ ha הַ the מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ mmˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king לְ lᵊ לְ to כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the קָּהָ֔ל qqāhˈāl קָהָל assembly שְׁלֹמֹ֨ה šᵊlōmˌō שְׁלֹמֹה Solomon בְנִ֥י vᵊnˌî בֵּן son אֶחָ֛ד ʔeḥˈāḏ אֶחָד one בָּֽחַר־ bˈāḥar- בחר examine בֹּ֥ו bˌô בְּ in אֱלֹהִ֖ים ʔᵉlōhˌîm אֱלֹהִים god(s) נַ֣עַר nˈaʕar נַעַר boy וָ wā וְ and רָ֑ךְ rˈāḵ רַךְ tender וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the מְּלָאכָ֣ה mmᵊlāḵˈā מְלָאכָה work גְדֹולָ֔ה ḡᵊḏôlˈā גָּדֹול great כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that לֹ֤א lˈō לֹא not לְ lᵊ לְ to אָדָם֙ ʔāḏˌām אָדָם human, mankind הַ ha הַ the בִּירָ֔ה bbîrˈā בִּירָה citadel כִּ֖י kˌî כִּי that לַ la לְ to יהוָ֥ה [yhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהִֽים׃ ʔᵉlōhˈîm אֱלֹהִים god(s)
29:1. locutusque est David rex ad omnem ecclesiam Salomonem filium meum unum elegit Deus adhuc puerum et tenellum opus autem grande est neque enim homini praeparatur habitatio sed DeoAnd king David said to all the assembly: Solomon my son, whom alone God hath chosen, is as yet young and tender: and the work is great, for a house is prepared not for man, but for God.
1. And David the king said unto all the congregation, Solomon my son, whom alone God hath chosen, is yet young and tender, and the work is great: for the palace is not for man, but for the LORD God:
29:1. And king David spoke to the entire assembly: “My son Solomon, the one God has chosen, is still a tender boy. And yet the work is great, for a habitation is being prepared, not for man, but for God.
29:1. Furthermore David the king said unto all the congregation, Solomon my son, whom alone God hath chosen, [is yet] young and tender, and the work [is] great: for the palace [is] not for man, but for the LORD God.
Furthermore David the king said unto all the congregation, Solomon my son, whom alone God hath chosen, [is yet] young and tender, and the work [is] great: for the palace [is] not for man, but for the LORD God:

29:1 И сказал царь Давид всему собранию: Соломон, сын мой, которого одного избрал Бог, молод и малосилен, а дело сие велико, потому что не для человека здание сие, а для Господа Бога.
29:1
καὶ και and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
ο the
βασιλεὺς βασιλευς monarch; king
πάσῃ πας all; every
τῇ ο the
ἐκκλησίᾳ εκκλησια assembly
Σαλωμων σαλωμων the
υἱός υιος son
μου μου of me; mine
εἷς εις.1 one; unit
ὃν ος who; what
ᾑρέτικεν αιρετιζω choose
ἐν εν in
αὐτῷ αυτος he; him
κύριος κυριος lord; master
νέος νεος new; young
καὶ και and; even
ἁπαλός απαλος tender
καὶ και and; even
τὸ ο the
ἔργον εργον work
μέγα μεγας great; loud
ὅτι οτι since; that
οὐκ ου not
ἀνθρώπῳ ανθρωπος person; human
ο the
οἰκοδομή οικοδομη building
ἀλλ᾿ αλλα but
η or; than
κυρίῳ κυριος lord; master
θεῷ θεος God
29:1
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֨אמֶר yyˌōmer אמר say
דָּוִ֤יד dāwˈîḏ דָּוִד David
הַ ha הַ the
מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ mmˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king
לְ lᵊ לְ to
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
קָּהָ֔ל qqāhˈāl קָהָל assembly
שְׁלֹמֹ֨ה šᵊlōmˌō שְׁלֹמֹה Solomon
בְנִ֥י vᵊnˌî בֵּן son
אֶחָ֛ד ʔeḥˈāḏ אֶחָד one
בָּֽחַר־ bˈāḥar- בחר examine
בֹּ֥ו bˌô בְּ in
אֱלֹהִ֖ים ʔᵉlōhˌîm אֱלֹהִים god(s)
נַ֣עַר nˈaʕar נַעַר boy
וָ וְ and
רָ֑ךְ rˈāḵ רַךְ tender
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
מְּלָאכָ֣ה mmᵊlāḵˈā מְלָאכָה work
גְדֹולָ֔ה ḡᵊḏôlˈā גָּדֹול great
כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that
לֹ֤א lˈō לֹא not
לְ lᵊ לְ to
אָדָם֙ ʔāḏˌām אָדָם human, mankind
הַ ha הַ the
בִּירָ֔ה bbîrˈā בִּירָה citadel
כִּ֖י kˌî כִּי that
לַ la לְ to
יהוָ֥ה [yhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהִֽים׃ ʔᵉlōhˈîm אֱלֹהִים god(s)
29:1. locutusque est David rex ad omnem ecclesiam Salomonem filium meum unum elegit Deus adhuc puerum et tenellum opus autem grande est neque enim homini praeparatur habitatio sed Deo
And king David said to all the assembly: Solomon my son, whom alone God hath chosen, is as yet young and tender: and the work is great, for a house is prepared not for man, but for God.
29:1. And king David spoke to the entire assembly: “My son Solomon, the one God has chosen, is still a tender boy. And yet the work is great, for a habitation is being prepared, not for man, but for God.
29:1. Furthermore David the king said unto all the congregation, Solomon my son, whom alone God hath chosen, [is yet] young and tender, and the work [is] great: for the palace [is] not for man, but for the LORD God.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ mh▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
1-5. Занятый одной и той же мыслью о постройке храма, Давид говорит народному собранию, что ввиду величия этого дела и неопытности Соломона он приготовил в течение своей жизни необходимые для сооружения дома Божия материалы, а теперь жертвует для его постройки около (на наши меры) 180: 000: фунтов золота и 420: 000: фунтов серебра.
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
Presents for the Temple. B. C. 1015.

1 Furthermore David the king said unto all the congregation, Solomon my son, whom alone God hath chosen, is yet young and tender, and the work is great: for the palace is not for man, but for the LORD God. 2 Now I have prepared with all my might for the house of my God the gold for things to be made of gold, and the silver for things of silver, and the brass for things of brass, the iron for things of iron, and wood for things of wood; onyx stones, and stones to be set, glistering stones, and of divers colours, and all manner of precious stones, and marble stones in abundance. 3 Moreover, because I have set my affection to the house of my God, I have of mine own proper good, of gold and silver, which I have given to the house of my God, over and above all that I have prepared for the holy house, 4 Even three thousand talents of gold, of the gold of Ophir, and seven thousand talents of refined silver, to overlay the walls of the houses withal: 5 The gold for things of gold, and the silver for things of silver, and for all manner of work to be made by the hands of artificers. And who then is willing to consecrate his service this day unto the LORD? 6 Then the chief of the fathers and princes of the tribes of Israel, and the captains of thousands and of hundreds, with the rulers of the king's work, offered willingly, 7 And gave for the service of the house of God of gold five thousand talents and ten thousand drams, and of silver ten thousand talents, and of brass eighteen thousand talents, and one hundred thousand talents of iron. 8 And they with whom precious stones were found gave them to the treasure of the house of the LORD, by the hand of Jehiel the Gershonite. 9 Then the people rejoiced, for that they offered willingly, because with perfect heart they offered willingly to the LORD: and David the king also rejoiced with great joy.
We may here observe,
I. How handsomely David spoke to the great men of Israel, to engage them to contribute towards the building of the temple. It is our duty to provoke one another to love and to good works, not only to do good ourselves, but to draw in others to do good too as much as we can. There were many very rich men in Israel; they were all to share in the benefit of the temple, and of those peaceable days which were to befriend the building of it; and therefore, though David would not impose on them, as a tax, what they should give towards it, he would recommend the present as a fair occasion for a free-will offering, because what is done in works of piety and charity should be done willingly and not by constraint; for God loves a cheerful giver. 1. He would have them consider that Solomon was young and tender, and needed help; but that he was the person whom God had chosen to do this work, and therefore was well worthy their assistance. It is good service to encourage those in the work of God that are as yet young and tender. 2. That the world was great, and all hands should contribute to the carrying of it on. The palace to be built was not for man, but for the Lord God; and the more was contributed towards the building the more magnificent it would be, and therefore the better would it answer the intention. 3. He tells them what great preparations had been made for this work. He did not intend to throw all the burden upon them, nor that it should be built wholly by contributions, but that they should show their good will, by adding to what was done (v. 2): I have prepared with all my might, that is, "I have made it my business." Work for God must be done with all our might, or we shall bring nothing to pass in it. 4. He sets them a good example. Besides what was dedicated to this service out of the spoils and presents of the neighbouring nations, which was for the building of the house (of which before, ch. xxii. 14), he had, out of his own share, offered largely for the beautifying and enriching of it, 3000 talents of gold and 7000 talents of silver (v. 4, 5), and this because he had set his affection on the house of his God. He gave all this, not as Papists build churches, in commutation of penance, or to make atonement for sin, nor as Pharisees give alms, to be seen of men; but purely because he loved the habitation of God's house; so he professed (Ps. xxvi. 8) and here he proved it. Those who set their affection upon the service of God will think no pains nor cost too much to bestow upon it; and then our offerings are pleasing to God when they come from love. Those that set their affection on things above will set their affection on the house of God, through which our way to heaven lies. Now this he gives them an account of, to stir them up to do likewise. Note, Those who would draw others to do that which is good must themselves lead. Those especially who are advanced above others in place and dignity should particularly contrive how to make their light shine before men, because the influence of their example is more powerful and extensive than that of other people. 5. He stirs them up to do as he had done (v. 5): And who then is willing to concentrate his service this day unto the Lord? (1.) We must each of us, in our several places, serve the Lord, and consecrate our service to him, separate it from other things that are foreign and interfere with it, and direct and design it for the honour and glory of God. (2.) We must make the service of God our business, must fill our hands to the Lord, so the Hebrew phrase is. Those who engage themselves in the service of God will have their hands full; there is work enough for the whole man in that service. The filling of our hands with the service of God intimates that we must serve him only, serve him liberally, and serve him in the strength of grace derived from him. (3.) We must be free herein, do it willingly and speedily, do it this day, when we are in a good mind. Who is willing? Now let him show it.
II. How handsomely they all contributed towards the building of the temple when they were thus stirred up to it. Though they were persuaded to it, yet it is said, They offered willingly, v. 6. So he said who knew their hearts. Nay, they offered with a perfect heart, from a good principle and with a sincere respect to the glory of God, v. 9. How generous they were appears by the sum total of the contributions, v. 7, 8. They gave like themselves, like princes, like princes of Israel. And a pleasant day's work it was; for, 1. The people rejoiced, which may be meant of the people themselves that offered: they were glad of the opportunity of honouring God thus with their substance, and glad of the prospect of bringing this good work to perfection. Or the common people rejoiced in the generosity of their princes, that they had such rulers over them as were forward to this good work. Every Israelite is glad to see temple work carried on with vigour. 2. David rejoiced with great joy to see the good effects of his psalms and the other helps of devotion he had furnished them with, rejoiced that his son and successor would have those about him that were so well affected to the house of God, and that this work, upon which his heart was so much set, was likely to go on. Note, It is a great reviving to good men, when they are leaving the world, to see those they leave behind zealous for religion and likely to keep it up. Lord, now let thou thy servant depart in peace.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
29:1: The palace is not for man - "The palace is not prepared for the name of a son of man, but for the name of the Word of the Lord God." - T.
1 Chronicles 29:2
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
29:1: The palace - The original word here used is the Hebrew form of a Persian word, and generally designates the residence of the Persian monarch Est 1:2, Est 1:5; Est 2:3, Est 2:8; Neh 1:1; Dan 8:2. It is only here and in Ch1 29:19 that it is applied to the temple.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
29:1: said unto: Ch1 28:1, Ch1 28:8
whom: Ch1 28:5, Ch1 28:6; Kg1 8:19, Kg1 8:20
young: Ch1 22:5; Kg1 3:7; Ch2 13:7; Pro 4:3; Jer 1:6, Jer 1:7
palace: Ch1 28:10; Ch2 2:4, Ch2 2:5
John Gill
Furthermore, David the king said unto all the congregation,.... Having finished what he had to say to Solomon, he addressed the congregation again:
Solomon my son, whom alone God hath chosen; both to be king, and to build the temple
is yet young and tender; see 1Chron 22:5.
and the work is great; both of governing so great a people, and of building so magnificent a temple, especially the latter is meant:
for the palace is not for man; for any mortal king, though ever so great:
but for the Lord God; the Targum is,"but for the Word of the Lord God,''who is the King of kings, and Lord of lords; and therefore is to be built as with the greatest exactness, according to the pattern he himself has given, so with the greatest splendour and magnificence.
29:229:2: Ըստ ամենայն զօրութեան իմոյ պատրաստեցի նի՛ւթս տանն Աստուծոյ իմոյ. ոսկի, եւ արծաթ. պղինձ, եւ երկաթ. փայտս, եւ քարինս անկեանց եւ կամարաց, եւ քարինս ընտիրս, եւ ականս պատուականս, եւ այլ պատրաստութիւն բազո՛ւմ։
2 Ըստ իմ կարողութեան պատրաստեցի իմ Աստծու տան շինանիւթերը՝ ոսկի, արծաթ, պղինձ, երկաթ, փայտ, անկիւնների ու կամարների քարեր, յղկուած ու պատուական քարեր եւ բազում այլ նիւթեր:
2 Ուստի ես իմ բոլոր կարողութիւնովս իմ Աստուծոյս տանը համար՝ ոսկիէ բաներուն համար՝ ոսկի ու արծաթեղէններուն համար՝ արծաթ եւ պղնձեղէններուն համար՝ պղինձ ու երկաթեղէններուն համար՝ երկաթ ու փայտեղէններուն համար փայտ ու եղնգնաքարեր, գամելու քարեր ու զարդի համար գոյնզգոյն քարեր եւ ամէն տեսակ պատուական քարեր ու մարմարիոն քարեր առատօրէն պատրաստեցի։
Ըստ ամենայն զօրութեան իմոյ պատրաստեցի նիւթս տանն Աստուծոյ իմոյ, ոսկի եւ արծաթ, պղինձ եւ երկաթ, փայտս եւ քարինս անկեանց եւ կամարաց, եւ քարինս ընտիրս եւ ականս պատուականս, եւ այլ պատրաստութիւն բազում:

29:2: Ըստ ամենայն զօրութեան իմոյ պատրաստեցի նի՛ւթս տանն Աստուծոյ իմոյ. ոսկի, եւ արծաթ. պղինձ, եւ երկաթ. փայտս, եւ քարինս անկեանց եւ կամարաց, եւ քարինս ընտիրս, եւ ականս պատուականս, եւ այլ պատրաստութիւն բազո՛ւմ։
2 Ըստ իմ կարողութեան պատրաստեցի իմ Աստծու տան շինանիւթերը՝ ոսկի, արծաթ, պղինձ, երկաթ, փայտ, անկիւնների ու կամարների քարեր, յղկուած ու պատուական քարեր եւ բազում այլ նիւթեր:
2 Ուստի ես իմ բոլոր կարողութիւնովս իմ Աստուծոյս տանը համար՝ ոսկիէ բաներուն համար՝ ոսկի ու արծաթեղէններուն համար՝ արծաթ եւ պղնձեղէններուն համար՝ պղինձ ու երկաթեղէններուն համար՝ երկաթ ու փայտեղէններուն համար փայտ ու եղնգնաքարեր, գամելու քարեր ու զարդի համար գոյնզգոյն քարեր եւ ամէն տեսակ պատուական քարեր ու մարմարիոն քարեր առատօրէն պատրաստեցի։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
29:229:2 Всеми силами я заготовил для дома Бога моего золото для золотых вещей и серебро для серебряных, и медь для медных, железо для железных, и дерев{а} для деревянных, камни оникса и {камни} вставные, камни красивые и разноцветные, и всякие дорогие камни, и множество мрамора;
29:2 κατὰ κατα down; by πᾶσαν πας all; every τὴν ο the δύναμιν δυναμις power; ability ἡτοίμακα ετοιμαζω prepare εἰς εις into; for οἶκον οικος home; household θεοῦ θεος God μου μου of me; mine χρυσίον χρυσιον gold piece; gold leaf ἀργύριον αργυριον silver piece; money χαλκόν χαλκος copper; brass σίδηρον σιδηρος iron ξύλα ξυλον wood; timber λίθους λιθος stone σοομ σοομ and; even πληρώσεως πληρωσις and; even λίθους λιθος stone πολυτελεῖς πολυτελης costly καὶ και and; even ποικίλους ποικιλος various; varied καὶ και and; even πάντα πας all; every λίθον λιθος stone τίμιον τιμιος precious καὶ και and; even πάριον παριος much; many
29:2 וּֽ ˈû וְ and כְ ḵᵊ כְּ as כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole כֹּחִ֞י kōḥˈî כֹּחַ strength הֲכִינֹ֣ותִי hᵃḵînˈôṯî כון be firm לְ lᵊ לְ to בֵית־ vêṯ- בַּיִת house אֱלֹהַ֗י ʔᵉlōhˈay אֱלֹהִים god(s) הַ ha הַ the זָּהָ֣ב׀ zzāhˈāv זָהָב gold לַ֠ la לְ to † הַ the זָּהָב zzāhˌāv זָהָב gold וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the כֶּ֨סֶף kkˌesef כֶּסֶף silver לַ la לְ to † הַ the כֶּ֜סֶף kkˈesef כֶּסֶף silver וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the נְּחֹ֣שֶׁת nnᵊḥˈōšeṯ נְחֹשֶׁת bronze לַ la לְ to † הַ the נְּחֹ֗שֶׁת nnᵊḥˈōšeṯ נְחֹשֶׁת bronze הַ ha הַ the בַּרְזֶל֙ bbarzˌel בַּרְזֶל iron לַ la לְ to † הַ the בַּרְזֶ֔ל bbarzˈel בַּרְזֶל iron וְ wᵊ וְ and הָ hā הַ the עֵצִ֖ים ʕēṣˌîm עֵץ tree לָ lā לְ to † הַ the עֵצִ֑ים ʕēṣˈîm עֵץ tree אַבְנֵי־ ʔavnê- אֶבֶן stone שֹׁ֨הַם šˌōham שֹׁהַם carnelian וּ û וְ and מִלּוּאִ֜ים millûʔˈîm מִלֻּאִים installation אַבְנֵי־ ʔavnê- אֶבֶן stone פ֣וּךְ fˈûḵ פּוּךְ mascara וְ wᵊ וְ and רִקְמָ֗ה riqmˈā רִקְמָה woven stuff וְ wᵊ וְ and כֹ֨ל ḵˌōl כֹּל whole אֶ֧בֶן ʔˈeven אֶבֶן stone יְקָרָ֛ה yᵊqārˈā יָקָר rare וְ wᵊ וְ and אַבְנֵי־ ʔavnê- אֶבֶן stone שַׁ֖יִשׁ šˌayiš שַׁיִשׁ alabaster לָ lā לְ to רֹֽב׃ rˈōv רֹב multitude
29:2. ego autem totis viribus meis praeparavi inpensas domus Dei mei aurum ad vasa aurea et argentum in argentea aes in aenea ferrum in ferrea lignum ad lignea lapides onychinos et quasi stibinos et diversorum colorum omnem pretiosum lapidem et marmor parium abundantissimeAnd I with all my ability have prepared the expenses for the house of my God. Gold for vessels of gold, and silver for vessels of silver, brass for things of brass, iron for things of iron, wood for things of wood: and onyx stones, and stones like alabaster, and of divers colours, and all manner of precious stones, and marble of Paros in great abundance.
2. Now I have prepared with all my might for the house of my God the gold for the gold, and the silver for the silver, and the brass for the brass, the iron for the iron, and wood for the wood; onyx stones, and to be set, stones for inlaid work, and of divers colours, and all manner of precious stones, and marble stones in abundance.
29:2. Now with all my ability, I have prepared the expenses for the house of my God: gold for items of gold, and silver for those of silver, brass for those of brass, iron for those of iron, and wood for those of wood, and stones of onyx, and stones like alabaster, and stones of diverse colors, and every kind of precious stone, and marble from Paros in great abundance.
29:2. Now I have prepared with all my might for the house of my God the gold for [things to be made] of gold, and the silver for [things] of silver, and the brass for [things] of brass, the iron for [things] of iron, and wood for [things] of wood; onyx stones, and [stones] to be set, glistering stones, and of divers colours, and all manner of precious stones, and marble stones in abundance.
Now I have prepared with all my might for the house of my God the gold for [things to be made] of gold, and the silver for [things] of silver, and the brass for [things] of brass, the iron for [things] of iron, and wood for [things] of wood; onyx stones, and [stones] to be set, glistering stones, and of divers colours, and all manner of precious stones, and marble stones in abundance:

29:2 Всеми силами я заготовил для дома Бога моего золото для золотых вещей и серебро для серебряных, и медь для медных, железо для железных, и дерев{а} для деревянных, камни оникса и {камни} вставные, камни красивые и разноцветные, и всякие дорогие камни, и множество мрамора;
29:2
κατὰ κατα down; by
πᾶσαν πας all; every
τὴν ο the
δύναμιν δυναμις power; ability
ἡτοίμακα ετοιμαζω prepare
εἰς εις into; for
οἶκον οικος home; household
θεοῦ θεος God
μου μου of me; mine
χρυσίον χρυσιον gold piece; gold leaf
ἀργύριον αργυριον silver piece; money
χαλκόν χαλκος copper; brass
σίδηρον σιδηρος iron
ξύλα ξυλον wood; timber
λίθους λιθος stone
σοομ σοομ and; even
πληρώσεως πληρωσις and; even
λίθους λιθος stone
πολυτελεῖς πολυτελης costly
καὶ και and; even
ποικίλους ποικιλος various; varied
καὶ και and; even
πάντα πας all; every
λίθον λιθος stone
τίμιον τιμιος precious
καὶ και and; even
πάριον παριος much; many
29:2
וּֽ ˈû וְ and
כְ ḵᵊ כְּ as
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
כֹּחִ֞י kōḥˈî כֹּחַ strength
הֲכִינֹ֣ותִי hᵃḵînˈôṯî כון be firm
לְ lᵊ לְ to
בֵית־ vêṯ- בַּיִת house
אֱלֹהַ֗י ʔᵉlōhˈay אֱלֹהִים god(s)
הַ ha הַ the
זָּהָ֣ב׀ zzāhˈāv זָהָב gold
לַ֠ la לְ to
הַ the
זָּהָב zzāhˌāv זָהָב gold
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
כֶּ֨סֶף kkˌesef כֶּסֶף silver
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
כֶּ֜סֶף kkˈesef כֶּסֶף silver
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
נְּחֹ֣שֶׁת nnᵊḥˈōšeṯ נְחֹשֶׁת bronze
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
נְּחֹ֗שֶׁת nnᵊḥˈōšeṯ נְחֹשֶׁת bronze
הַ ha הַ the
בַּרְזֶל֙ bbarzˌel בַּרְזֶל iron
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
בַּרְזֶ֔ל bbarzˈel בַּרְזֶל iron
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָ הַ the
עֵצִ֖ים ʕēṣˌîm עֵץ tree
לָ לְ to
הַ the
עֵצִ֑ים ʕēṣˈîm עֵץ tree
אַבְנֵי־ ʔavnê- אֶבֶן stone
שֹׁ֨הַם šˌōham שֹׁהַם carnelian
וּ û וְ and
מִלּוּאִ֜ים millûʔˈîm מִלֻּאִים installation
אַבְנֵי־ ʔavnê- אֶבֶן stone
פ֣וּךְ fˈûḵ פּוּךְ mascara
וְ wᵊ וְ and
רִקְמָ֗ה riqmˈā רִקְמָה woven stuff
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כֹ֨ל ḵˌōl כֹּל whole
אֶ֧בֶן ʔˈeven אֶבֶן stone
יְקָרָ֛ה yᵊqārˈā יָקָר rare
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אַבְנֵי־ ʔavnê- אֶבֶן stone
שַׁ֖יִשׁ šˌayiš שַׁיִשׁ alabaster
לָ לְ to
רֹֽב׃ rˈōv רֹב multitude
29:2. ego autem totis viribus meis praeparavi inpensas domus Dei mei aurum ad vasa aurea et argentum in argentea aes in aenea ferrum in ferrea lignum ad lignea lapides onychinos et quasi stibinos et diversorum colorum omnem pretiosum lapidem et marmor parium abundantissime
And I with all my ability have prepared the expenses for the house of my God. Gold for vessels of gold, and silver for vessels of silver, brass for things of brass, iron for things of iron, wood for things of wood: and onyx stones, and stones like alabaster, and of divers colours, and all manner of precious stones, and marble of Paros in great abundance.
29:2. Now with all my ability, I have prepared the expenses for the house of my God: gold for items of gold, and silver for those of silver, brass for those of brass, iron for those of iron, and wood for those of wood, and stones of onyx, and stones like alabaster, and stones of diverse colors, and every kind of precious stone, and marble from Paros in great abundance.
29:2. Now I have prepared with all my might for the house of my God the gold for [things to be made] of gold, and the silver for [things] of silver, and the brass for [things] of brass, the iron for [things] of iron, and wood for [things] of wood; onyx stones, and [stones] to be set, glistering stones, and of divers colours, and all manner of precious stones, and marble stones in abundance.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
29:2: And marble stones - אבני שיש abney shayish, which the Vulgate translates marmor Parium, Parian marble. Paros was one of the Cyclade islands, and produced the whitest and finest marble, that of which most of the finest works of antiquity have been made. That the word shaish means marble is probable from the Chaldee, which has אבני מרמורייה abney marmoraiyah, marble stones. Josephus says that the temple was built of large blocks of white marble, beautifully polished, so as to produce a most splendid appearance. - Jos., De Bell. Jud., lib. v., c. 5, s. 2.
1 Chronicles 29:5
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
29:2: Glistering stones - Rather, "colored stones;" or, "dark stones" - stones of a hue like that of the antimony wherewith women painted their eyes.
Marble stones - or, "white stones" - perhaps "alabaster," which is found near Damascus. On the use made of the "stones" in building the temple, see Ch2 3:6 note.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
29:2: I have prepared: Ch1 22:3-5, Ch1 22:14-16
with all: Ch2 31:20, Ch2 31:21; Ecc 9:10; Co2 8:3; Col 3:23; Pe1 4:10, Pe1 4:11
the gold: Ch1 28:14-18
onyx stones: Avney shoham, which was, probably, not the precious stone or gem called onyx, but a marble called in Greek onychites, which Pliny mentions as a stone Caramania; for one would hardly think that gems of any kind were used externally in such a building as the temple. Antiquity gave both stones this name, because of their resemblance to the nail of the finger. Gen 2:12; Exo 28:17, Exo 28:20, Exo 39:6, Exo 39:13; Job 28:16; Isa 54:11, Isa 54:12; Rev 21:18-21
glistering stones: Avney phuch seems to denote a kind of black marble, so called from its colour resembling stibium. So Vulgate quasi stibinos.
marble stones: Avney shayish is rendered in the Targum avney marmoraiyah, "stones of marble," and by the LXX, and Vulgate Παριον or Παρινον, or marmor Parium, "Parium marble," which was remarkable for its bright white colour. Josephus says that the temple was built of large blocks of white marble, beautifully polished, so as to produce a most splendid appearance.
John Gill
Now I have prepared with all my might for the house of my God,.... According to the utmost of his ability for the building and decorating of it:
the gold for the things to be made of gold; as the candlesticks, shewbread tables, &c.
and the silver for things of silver; as for basins, &c.
and the brass for things of brass; as the brasen altar, brasen laver:
and iron for things of iron; for nails, hinges, &c.
and wood for things of wood; for rafters, ceilings, floors, &c.
onyx stones; the Targum, stones of beryl: and stones to be set; other precious stones to be set in gold and silver:
glistering stones; the Targum, emeralds; the word is used for stibium, or black lead, with which women painted their eyes; and so may signify black stones, like black lead; as white marble is after mentioned, perhaps black is here meant, or such stones Solomon paved the ways with leading to Jerusalem (y): but as such stones are not very glistering, there seems to be no reason for such an epithet; unless the stone "phengites" should be meant, which was a clear bright stone, and served for looking glasses. Domitian the Roman emperor, when under suspicion of being murdered by persons he had offended, garnished the porticos of his palace with this stone, which was of such brightness, that by the images formed in it he could see what was behind him (z); and so Lucian speaks (a) of Astarte having a splendid stone about her, called which in the night gave much light to the temple, but shone weakly in the day time, and looked like fire:
and of divers colours; that is, stones of various colours, as jaspers, amethysts, &c. Kimchi interprets it of embroidered clothes, and garments of needlework, and in these precious stones were sometimes inserted:
and all manner of precious stones; as pearls, diamonds, &c. it is hard to say what all these precious stones were for; Jarchi and Kimchi think they were to decorate the walls overlaid with gold, in which they were set; it is certain they were for garnishing and beautifying the house, see 2Chron 3:6.
and marble stones in abundance; for pillars, tables, and pavement, as Jarchi; this was Parian marble, according to the Septuagint and Vulgate Latin versions; the whitest of marble (b), found the island of Paros, and which agrees with the word here used.
(y) Joseph. Antiqu. l. 8. c. 7. sect. 4. (z) Sueton. Vit. Domitian. c. 14. Vid. Plin. Nat. Hist. l. 36. c. 22. Isidor. Origin. l. 16. c. 4. (a) De Dea Syria. (b) "----Pario marmore purius." Horat. Carmin. l. 1. ode 19.
John Wesley
My might - Work for God must be done with all our might, or we shall bring nothing to pass in it.
29:329:3: Եւ եւ՛ս վասն հաճոյն լինելոյն իմ ՚ի տան Աստուծոյ իմոյ եղեւ ինձ զորս նուիրեցիդ Տեառն, ոսկի եւ արծաթ. եւ ահաւադիկ ետու զայդ ՚ի տուն Աստուծոյ իմոյ ՚ի բարձրութիւն. բա՛ց յայնցանէ զոր պատրաստեցի ՚ի տուն սրբութեանցն[4441], [4441] Ոմանք. Վասն հաճոյ լինելոյ իմ... ՚ի տան Տեառն իմոյ. եւ եղեւ ինձ... ՚ի տունս սրբութեանցն։
3 Եւ իմ Աստծու տան հանդէպ իմ ունեցած սիրուց մղուած, բացի սրբութիւնների տան համար իմ նուիրած ոսկուց ու արծաթից, յաւելեալ տուեցի նաեւ
3 Նաեւ իմ Աստուծոյս տանը վրայ մեծ սէր ունենալուս համար՝ սրբարանին տանը համար ամէն պատրաստած բաներէս զատ՝ իմ յատուկ գանձիս մէջ եղած ոսկին ու արծաթն ալ իմ Աստուծոյս տանը համար տուի։
Եւ եւս վասն հաճոյն լինելոյ [459]իմ ի տան Աստուծոյ իմոյ եղեւ ինձ զոր նուիրեցիդ Տեառն, ոսկի եւ արծաթ. եւ ահաւադիկ`` ետու զայդ ի տուն Աստուծոյ իմոյ [460]ի բարձրութիւն. բաց յայնցանէ զոր պատրաստեցի ի տուն սրբութեանցն:

29:3: Եւ եւ՛ս վասն հաճոյն լինելոյն իմ ՚ի տան Աստուծոյ իմոյ եղեւ ինձ զորս նուիրեցիդ Տեառն, ոսկի եւ արծաթ. եւ ահաւադիկ ետու զայդ ՚ի տուն Աստուծոյ իմոյ ՚ի բարձրութիւն. բա՛ց յայնցանէ զոր պատրաստեցի ՚ի տուն սրբութեանցն[4441],
[4441] Ոմանք. Վասն հաճոյ լինելոյ իմ... ՚ի տան Տեառն իմոյ. եւ եղեւ ինձ... ՚ի տունս սրբութեանցն։
3 Եւ իմ Աստծու տան հանդէպ իմ ունեցած սիրուց մղուած, բացի սրբութիւնների տան համար իմ նուիրած ոսկուց ու արծաթից, յաւելեալ տուեցի նաեւ
3 Նաեւ իմ Աստուծոյս տանը վրայ մեծ սէր ունենալուս համար՝ սրբարանին տանը համար ամէն պատրաստած բաներէս զատ՝ իմ յատուկ գանձիս մէջ եղած ոսկին ու արծաթն ալ իմ Աստուծոյս տանը համար տուի։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
29:329:3 и еще по любви моей к дому Бога моего, есть у меня сокровище собственное из золота и серебра, {и его} я отдаю для дома Бога моего, сверх всего, что заготовил я для святаго дома:
29:3 καὶ και and; even ἔτι ετι yet; still ἐν εν in τῷ ο the εὐδοκῆσαί ευδοκεω satisfied με με me ἐν εν in οἴκῳ οικος home; household θεοῦ θεος God μου μου of me; mine ἔστιν ειμι be μοι μοι me ὃ ος who; what περιπεποίημαι περιποιεω preserve; acquire χρυσίον χρυσιον gold piece; gold leaf καὶ και and; even ἀργύριον αργυριον silver piece; money καὶ και and; even ἰδοὺ ιδου see!; here I am δέδωκα διδωμι give; deposit εἰς εις into; for οἶκον οικος home; household θεοῦ θεος God μου μου of me; mine εἰς εις into; for ὕψος υψος height; on high ἐκτὸς εκτος outside; outwardly ὧν ος who; what ἡτοίμακα ετοιμαζω prepare εἰς εις into; for τὸν ο the οἶκον οικος home; household τῶν ο the ἁγίων αγιος holy
29:3 וְ wᵊ וְ and עֹ֗וד ʕˈôḏ עֹוד duration בִּ bi בְּ in רְצֹותִי֙ rᵊṣôṯˌî רצה like בְּ bᵊ בְּ in בֵ֣ית vˈêṯ בַּיִת house אֱלֹהַ֔י ʔᵉlōhˈay אֱלֹהִים god(s) יֶשׁ־ yeš- יֵשׁ existence לִ֥י lˌî לְ to סְגֻלָּ֖ה sᵊḡullˌā סְגֻלָּה property זָהָ֣ב zāhˈāv זָהָב gold וָ wā וְ and כָ֑סֶף ḵˈāsef כֶּסֶף silver נָתַ֤תִּי nāṯˈattî נתן give לְ lᵊ לְ to בֵית־ vêṯ- בַּיִת house אֱלֹהַי֙ ʔᵉlōhˌay אֱלֹהִים god(s) לְ lᵊ לְ to מַ֔עְלָה mˈaʕlā מַעַל top מִ mi מִן from כָּל־ kkol- כֹּל whole הֲכִינֹ֖ותִי hᵃḵînˌôṯî כון be firm לְ lᵊ לְ to בֵ֥ית vˌêṯ בַּיִת house הַ ha הַ the קֹּֽדֶשׁ׃ qqˈōḏeš קֹדֶשׁ holiness
29:3. et super haec quae obtuli in domum Dei mei de peculio meo aurum et argentum do in templum Dei mei exceptis his quae paravi in aedem sanctamNow over and above the things which I have offered into the house of my God I give of my own proper goods, gold and silver for the temple of my God, beside what things I have prepared for the holy house.
3. Moreover also, because I have set my affection to the house of my God, seeing that I have a treasure of mine own of gold and silver, I give it unto the house of my God, over and above all that I have prepared for the holy house;
29:3. And in addition to these things that I have offered into the house of my God, I give, from my own belongings, gold and silver for the temple of my God, aside from those things that I have prepared for the holy shrine:
29:3. Moreover, because I have set my affection to the house of my God, I have of mine own proper good, of gold and silver, [which] I have given to the house of my God, over and above all that I have prepared for the holy house,
Moreover, because I have set my affection to the house of my God, I have of mine own proper good, of gold and silver, [which] I have given to the house of my God, over and above all that I have prepared for the holy house:

29:3 и еще по любви моей к дому Бога моего, есть у меня сокровище собственное из золота и серебра, {и его} я отдаю для дома Бога моего, сверх всего, что заготовил я для святаго дома:
29:3
καὶ και and; even
ἔτι ετι yet; still
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
εὐδοκῆσαί ευδοκεω satisfied
με με me
ἐν εν in
οἴκῳ οικος home; household
θεοῦ θεος God
μου μου of me; mine
ἔστιν ειμι be
μοι μοι me
ος who; what
περιπεποίημαι περιποιεω preserve; acquire
χρυσίον χρυσιον gold piece; gold leaf
καὶ και and; even
ἀργύριον αργυριον silver piece; money
καὶ και and; even
ἰδοὺ ιδου see!; here I am
δέδωκα διδωμι give; deposit
εἰς εις into; for
οἶκον οικος home; household
θεοῦ θεος God
μου μου of me; mine
εἰς εις into; for
ὕψος υψος height; on high
ἐκτὸς εκτος outside; outwardly
ὧν ος who; what
ἡτοίμακα ετοιμαζω prepare
εἰς εις into; for
τὸν ο the
οἶκον οικος home; household
τῶν ο the
ἁγίων αγιος holy
29:3
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עֹ֗וד ʕˈôḏ עֹוד duration
בִּ bi בְּ in
רְצֹותִי֙ rᵊṣôṯˌî רצה like
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
בֵ֣ית vˈêṯ בַּיִת house
אֱלֹהַ֔י ʔᵉlōhˈay אֱלֹהִים god(s)
יֶשׁ־ yeš- יֵשׁ existence
לִ֥י lˌî לְ to
סְגֻלָּ֖ה sᵊḡullˌā סְגֻלָּה property
זָהָ֣ב zāhˈāv זָהָב gold
וָ וְ and
כָ֑סֶף ḵˈāsef כֶּסֶף silver
נָתַ֤תִּי nāṯˈattî נתן give
לְ lᵊ לְ to
בֵית־ vêṯ- בַּיִת house
אֱלֹהַי֙ ʔᵉlōhˌay אֱלֹהִים god(s)
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מַ֔עְלָה mˈaʕlā מַעַל top
מִ mi מִן from
כָּל־ kkol- כֹּל whole
הֲכִינֹ֖ותִי hᵃḵînˌôṯî כון be firm
לְ lᵊ לְ to
בֵ֥ית vˌêṯ בַּיִת house
הַ ha הַ the
קֹּֽדֶשׁ׃ qqˈōḏeš קֹדֶשׁ holiness
29:3. et super haec quae obtuli in domum Dei mei de peculio meo aurum et argentum do in templum Dei mei exceptis his quae paravi in aedem sanctam
Now over and above the things which I have offered into the house of my God I give of my own proper goods, gold and silver for the temple of my God, beside what things I have prepared for the holy house.
29:3. And in addition to these things that I have offered into the house of my God, I give, from my own belongings, gold and silver for the temple of my God, aside from those things that I have prepared for the holy shrine:
29:3. Moreover, because I have set my affection to the house of my God, I have of mine own proper good, of gold and silver, [which] I have given to the house of my God, over and above all that I have prepared for the holy house,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
29:3: Of mine own proper good - i. e., from his own private estate. He makes the offering publicly in order to provoke others by his example Ch1 29:5.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
29:3: I have set: Psa 26:8, Psa 27:4, Psa 84:1, Psa 84:10, Psa 122:1-9
I have: Ch1 21:24; Pro 3:9, Pro 3:10
of mine own proper good: i. e. "of my own private property", at present we only use the plural goods to designate property or personal effects. over and above. Ch1 22:4, Ch1 22:5, Ch1 22:14-16
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

"And moreover, because I have pleasure in the house of my God, there is to me a treasure of gold and silver; it have I appointed for the house of my God over and above all that..." הכינותי with כּל without the relative, cf. 1Chron 15:12.
Geneva 1599
Moreover, because I have set my (b) affection to the house of my God, I have of mine own proper good, of gold and silver, [which] I have given to the house of my God, over and above all that I have prepared for the holy house,
(b) His great zeal for the furtherance of the temple made him spare no expenses, but to bestow his own peculiar treasure.
John Gill
Moreover, because I have set my affection to the house of my God,.... Had a good will to it, and was earnestly desirous of having it built, and that in a grand manner:
I have of my own proper good; which he had treasured up for his own use:
of gold and silver, even that I have given to the house of my God; to build or ornament it, or make vessels for it:
over and above all that I have prepared for the holy house; for the building of the temple, which is made mention of in the preceding chapter.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
Moreover . . . I have of mine own proper good, &c.--In addition to the immense amount of gold and silver treasure which David had already bequeathed for various uses in the service of the temple, he now made an additional contribution destined to a specific purpose--that of overlaying the walls of the house. This voluntary gift was from the private fortune of the royal donor, and had been selected with the greatest care. The gold was "the gold of Ophir," then esteemed the purest and finest in the world (Job 22:24; Job 28:16; Is 13:12). The amount was three thousand talents of gold and seven thousand talents of refined silver.
29:429:4: երիս հազարս տաղանտս ոսկի ՚ի Սովփերայ, եւ եւթն հազար տաղանտ ընտիր արծաթ, օծանել նոքօք զորմս տաճարին
4 Սոփերից բերուած երեք հազար տաղանդ ոսկի եւ եօթը հազար տաղանդ ընտիր արծաթ, որպէսզի վարպետները դրանցով պատեն տաճարի որմերը:
4 Ոփիրի ոսկիէն՝ երեք հազար տաղանդ ոսկի ու եօթը հազար տաղանդ մաքուր արծաթ՝ որպէս զի անոնցմով տան որմերը պատեն.
երիս հազարս տաղանդս ոսկի [461]ի Սովփերայ, եւ եւթն հազար տաղանդ ընտիր արծաթ, օծանել նոքօք զորմս [462]տաճարին:

29:4: երիս հազարս տաղանտս ոսկի ՚ի Սովփերայ, եւ եւթն հազար տաղանտ ընտիր արծաթ, օծանել նոքօք զորմս տաճարին
4 Սոփերից բերուած երեք հազար տաղանդ ոսկի եւ եօթը հազար տաղանդ ընտիր արծաթ, որպէսզի վարպետները դրանցով պատեն տաճարի որմերը:
4 Ոփիրի ոսկիէն՝ երեք հազար տաղանդ ոսկի ու եօթը հազար տաղանդ մաքուր արծաթ՝ որպէս զի անոնցմով տան որմերը պատեն.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
29:429:4 три тысячи талантов золота, золота Офирского, и семь тысяч талантов серебра чистого, для обложения стен в домах,
29:4 τρισχίλια τρισχιλιοι three thousand τάλαντα ταλαντον 10,000 dollars; talent χρυσίου χρυσιον gold piece; gold leaf τοῦ ο the ἐκ εκ from; out of Σουφιρ σουφιρ and; even ἑπτακισχίλια επτακισχιλιοι seven thousand τάλαντα ταλαντον 10,000 dollars; talent ἀργυρίου αργυριον silver piece; money δοκίμου δοκιμος assayed; verified ἐξαλειφθῆναι εξαλειφω erase; wipe out ἐν εν in αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him τοὺς ο the τοίχους τοιχος wall τοῦ ο the ἱεροῦ ιερος sacred
29:4 שְׁלֹ֧שֶׁת šᵊlˈōšeṯ שָׁלֹשׁ three אֲלָפִ֛ים ʔᵃlāfˈîm אֶלֶף thousand כִּכְּרֵ֥י kikkᵊrˌê כִּכָּר disk זָהָ֖ב zāhˌāv זָהָב gold מִ mi מִן from זְּהַ֣ב zzᵊhˈav זָהָב gold אֹופִ֑יר ʔôfˈîr אֹופִיר [land of gold] וְ wᵊ וְ and שִׁבְעַ֨ת šivʕˌaṯ שֶׁבַע seven אֲלָפִ֤ים ʔᵃlāfˈîm אֶלֶף thousand כִּכַּר־ kikkar- כִּכָּר disk כֶּ֨סֶף֙ kˈesef כֶּסֶף silver מְזֻקָּ֔ק mᵊzuqqˈāq זקק filter לָ lā לְ to ט֖וּחַ ṭˌûₐḥ טוח plaster קִירֹ֥ות qîrˌôṯ קִיר wall הַ ha הַ the בָּתִּֽים׃ bbāttˈîm בַּיִת house
29:4. tria milia talenta auri de auro Ophir et septem milia talentorum argenti probatissimi ad deaurandos parietes templiThree thousand talents of gold of the gold of Ophir: and seven thousand talents of refined silver, to overlay the walls of the temple.
4. even three thousand talents of gold, of the gold of Ophir, and seven thousand talents of refined silver, to overlay the walls of the houses withal:
29:4. three thousand talents of gold, from the gold of Ophir, and seven thousand talents of highly-refined silver, for the gilding of the walls of the temple;
29:4. [Even] three thousand talents of gold, of the gold of Ophir, and seven thousand talents of refined silver, to overlay the walls of the houses [withal]:
Even three thousand talents of gold, of the gold of Ophir, and seven thousand talents of refined silver, to overlay the walls of the houses:

29:4 три тысячи талантов золота, золота Офирского, и семь тысяч талантов серебра чистого, для обложения стен в домах,
29:4
τρισχίλια τρισχιλιοι three thousand
τάλαντα ταλαντον 10,000 dollars; talent
χρυσίου χρυσιον gold piece; gold leaf
τοῦ ο the
ἐκ εκ from; out of
Σουφιρ σουφιρ and; even
ἑπτακισχίλια επτακισχιλιοι seven thousand
τάλαντα ταλαντον 10,000 dollars; talent
ἀργυρίου αργυριον silver piece; money
δοκίμου δοκιμος assayed; verified
ἐξαλειφθῆναι εξαλειφω erase; wipe out
ἐν εν in
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
τοὺς ο the
τοίχους τοιχος wall
τοῦ ο the
ἱεροῦ ιερος sacred
29:4
שְׁלֹ֧שֶׁת šᵊlˈōšeṯ שָׁלֹשׁ three
אֲלָפִ֛ים ʔᵃlāfˈîm אֶלֶף thousand
כִּכְּרֵ֥י kikkᵊrˌê כִּכָּר disk
זָהָ֖ב zāhˌāv זָהָב gold
מִ mi מִן from
זְּהַ֣ב zzᵊhˈav זָהָב gold
אֹופִ֑יר ʔôfˈîr אֹופִיר [land of gold]
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שִׁבְעַ֨ת šivʕˌaṯ שֶׁבַע seven
אֲלָפִ֤ים ʔᵃlāfˈîm אֶלֶף thousand
כִּכַּר־ kikkar- כִּכָּר disk
כֶּ֨סֶף֙ kˈesef כֶּסֶף silver
מְזֻקָּ֔ק mᵊzuqqˈāq זקק filter
לָ לְ to
ט֖וּחַ ṭˌûₐḥ טוח plaster
קִירֹ֥ות qîrˌôṯ קִיר wall
הַ ha הַ the
בָּתִּֽים׃ bbāttˈîm בַּיִת house
29:4. tria milia talenta auri de auro Ophir et septem milia talentorum argenti probatissimi ad deaurandos parietes templi
Three thousand talents of gold of the gold of Ophir: and seven thousand talents of refined silver, to overlay the walls of the temple.
29:4. three thousand talents of gold, from the gold of Ophir, and seven thousand talents of highly-refined silver, for the gilding of the walls of the temple;
29:4. [Even] three thousand talents of gold, of the gold of Ophir, and seven thousand talents of refined silver, to overlay the walls of the houses [withal]:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
29:4: The numbers here have also suffered to some extent from the carelessness of copyists (compare the Ch1 22:14 note). The amount of silver is not indeed improbable, since its value would not exceed three millions of our money; but as the gold would probably exceed in value thirty millions, we may suspect an error in the words "three thousand."
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
29:4: gold of Ophir: Kg1 9:28; Job 28:16
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

Gold 3000 talents, i.e., about 13 1/2, or, reckoning according to the royal shekel, 6 3/4 millions of pounds; 7000 talents of silver, circa 2 1/2 or 1 1/4 millions of pounds: see on 1Chron 22:14. Gold of Ophir, i.e., the finest, best gold, corresponding to the pure silver. לטוּח, to overlay the inner walls of the houses with gold and silver leaf. הבּתים as in 1Chron 28:11, the different buildings of the temple. The walls of the holy place and of the most holy, of the porch and of the upper chambers, were overlaid with gold (cf. 2Chron 3:4-6, 2Chron 3:8-9), and probably only the inner walls of the side buildings.
Geneva 1599
[Even] (c) three thousand talents of gold, of the gold of Ophir, and seven thousand talents of refined silver, to overlay the walls of the houses [withal]:
(c) He shows what he had of his own store for the Lord's house.
John Gill
Even three thousand talents of gold,.... Which, according to Scheuchzer (c), amount to 36,660,000 ducats of gold; and, according to Brerewood (d), to 13,500,000 pounds of our money:
of the gold of Ophir; which was reckoned the best gold; not Ophir in India, which was not known till Solomon's time, but in Arabia, as Bochart (e) has shown; so Eupolemus (f), an Heathen writer, says, that David having built ships at Achan, a city of Arabia, sent miners to Urphe (supposed to be the same with Ophir) in the island of the Red sea, abounding with gold, and from thence fetched it; see Gill on 1Ki 9:28, and that he was able to give so great a sum out of his own substance, Dr. Prideaux (g) thinks, can only be accounted for by his great returns from this traffic; since these 3000 talents, according to him, amounted to 21,600,000 pounds sterling:
and seven thousand talents of refined silver; amounting, according to Scheuchzer (h), to 31,500,000 imperials, or rix dollars; and, according to Brerewood (i), to 2,625,000 pounds of our money:
to overlay the walls of the houses withal; the gold was to overlay the walls of the holy and most holy place, the silver to overlay the walls of the chambers built around the temple.
(c) Physica Sacra, vol. 4. p. 631. (d) De Ponder. & Pret. Vet. Num. c. 5. (e) Phaleg. l. 2. c. 27. col. 140. (f) Apud Euseb. Evangel. Praepar. l. 9. c. 30. p. 447. (g) Connection, par. 1. p. 5, 6. (h) Ut supra. (Physica Sacra, vol. 4. p. 631.) (i) Ut supra. (De Ponder. & Pret. Vet. Num. c. 5.)
John Wesley
Of Ophir - The best and purest gold. The walls - The walls of the temple with God, and of the rooms adjoining to it, with silver beaten out into plates.
29:529:5: ՚ի ձեռն արուեստաւորաց։ Եւ որ ոք յօժարիցէ մտօք լնո՛ւլ զձեռս իւր այսօր Տեառն[4442]։ [4442] Ոմանք. Եւ որ ոք յօժարեալ իցէ մտօք։
5 Այսօր կը գտնուի՞ մէկը, որ յօժար լինի նուէր մատուցելու Տիրոջը»:
5 Ոսկիէ առարկաներուն համար ոսկի ու արծաթեղէններուն համար՝ արծաթ ու արուեստագէտներու ամէն տեսակ գործի համար հարկաւոր եղածը տուի եւ այսօր ձեզմէ ո՞վ կամաւոր կերպով Տէրոջը ընծայ* կու տայ»։
ի ձեռն`` արուեստաւորաց. եւ որ ոք յօժարիցէ մտօք [463]լնուլ զձեռս իւր`` այսօր Տեառն:

29:5: ՚ի ձեռն արուեստաւորաց։ Եւ որ ոք յօժարիցէ մտօք լնո՛ւլ զձեռս իւր այսօր Տեառն[4442]։
[4442] Ոմանք. Եւ որ ոք յօժարեալ իցէ մտօք։
5 Այսօր կը գտնուի՞ մէկը, որ յօժար լինի նուէր մատուցելու Տիրոջը»:
5 Ոսկիէ առարկաներուն համար ոսկի ու արծաթեղէններուն համար՝ արծաթ ու արուեստագէտներու ամէն տեսակ գործի համար հարկաւոր եղածը տուի եւ այսօր ձեզմէ ո՞վ կամաւոր կերպով Տէրոջը ընծայ* կու տայ»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
29:529:5 для каждой из золотых вещей, и для каждой из серебряных, и для всякого изделия рук художнических. Не поусердствует ли {еще} кто жертвовать сегодня для Господа?
29:5 διὰ δια through; because of χειρὸς χειρ hand τεχνιτῶν τεχνιτης craftsman καὶ και and; even τίς τις.1 who?; what? ὁ ο the προθυμούμενος προθυμεομαι fulfill; fill τὰς ο the χεῖρας χειρ hand αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him σήμερον σημερον today; present κυρίῳ κυριος lord; master
29:5 לַ la לְ to † הַ the זָּהָ֤ב zzāhˈāv זָהָב gold לַ la לְ to † הַ the זָּהָב֙ zzāhˌāv זָהָב gold וְ wᵊ וְ and לַ la לְ to † הַ the כֶּ֣סֶף kkˈesef כֶּסֶף silver לַ la לְ to † הַ the כֶּ֔סֶף kkˈesef כֶּסֶף silver וּ û וְ and לְ lᵊ לְ to כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole מְלָאכָ֖ה mᵊlāḵˌā מְלָאכָה work בְּ bᵊ בְּ in יַ֣ד yˈaḏ יָד hand חָרָשִׁ֑ים ḥārāšˈîm חָרָשׁ artisan וּ û וְ and מִ֣י mˈî מִי who מִתְנַדֵּ֔ב miṯnaddˈēv נדב incite לְ lᵊ לְ to מַלֹּ֥אות mallˌôṯ מלא be full יָדֹ֛ו yāḏˈô יָד hand הַ ha הַ the יֹּ֖ום yyˌôm יֹום day לַ la לְ to יהוָֽה׃ [yhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
29:5. ut ubicumque opus est aurum de auro et ubicumque opus est argentum argenti opera fiant per manus artificum et si quis sponte offert impleat manum suam hodie et offerat quod voluerit DominoAnd gold for wheresoever there is need of gold: and silver for wheresoever there is need of silver, for the works to be made by the hands of the artificers: now if any man is willing to offer, let him fill his hand to day, and offer what he pleaseth to the Lord.
5. of gold for the gold, and of silver for the silver, and for all manner of work by the hands of artificers. Who then offereth willingly to consecrate himself this day unto the LORD?
29:5. and gold for wherever there is need of gold, and silver for wherever there is need of silver, for the works to be done by the hands of the artisans. And if anyone freely offers, let him fill his hand this day, and let him offer whatever he wishes to the Lord.”
29:5. The gold for [things] of gold, and the silver for [things] of silver, and for all manner of work [to be made] by the hands of artificers. And who [then] is willing to consecrate his service this day unto the LORD?
The gold for [things] of gold, and the silver for [things] of silver, and for all manner of work [to be made] by the hands of artificers. And who [then] is willing to consecrate his service this day unto the LORD:

29:5 для каждой из золотых вещей, и для каждой из серебряных, и для всякого изделия рук художнических. Не поусердствует ли {еще} кто жертвовать сегодня для Господа?
29:5
διὰ δια through; because of
χειρὸς χειρ hand
τεχνιτῶν τεχνιτης craftsman
καὶ και and; even
τίς τις.1 who?; what?
ο the
προθυμούμενος προθυμεομαι fulfill; fill
τὰς ο the
χεῖρας χειρ hand
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
σήμερον σημερον today; present
κυρίῳ κυριος lord; master
29:5
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
זָּהָ֤ב zzāhˈāv זָהָב gold
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
זָּהָב֙ zzāhˌāv זָהָב gold
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
כֶּ֣סֶף kkˈesef כֶּסֶף silver
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
כֶּ֔סֶף kkˈesef כֶּסֶף silver
וּ û וְ and
לְ lᵊ לְ to
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
מְלָאכָ֖ה mᵊlāḵˌā מְלָאכָה work
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
יַ֣ד yˈaḏ יָד hand
חָרָשִׁ֑ים ḥārāšˈîm חָרָשׁ artisan
וּ û וְ and
מִ֣י mˈî מִי who
מִתְנַדֵּ֔ב miṯnaddˈēv נדב incite
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מַלֹּ֥אות mallˌôṯ מלא be full
יָדֹ֛ו yāḏˈô יָד hand
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּ֖ום yyˌôm יֹום day
לַ la לְ to
יהוָֽה׃ [yhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
29:5. ut ubicumque opus est aurum de auro et ubicumque opus est argentum argenti opera fiant per manus artificum et si quis sponte offert impleat manum suam hodie et offerat quod voluerit Domino
And gold for wheresoever there is need of gold: and silver for wheresoever there is need of silver, for the works to be made by the hands of the artificers: now if any man is willing to offer, let him fill his hand to day, and offer what he pleaseth to the Lord.
29:5. and gold for wherever there is need of gold, and silver for wherever there is need of silver, for the works to be done by the hands of the artisans. And if anyone freely offers, let him fill his hand this day, and let him offer whatever he wishes to the Lord.”
29:5. The gold for [things] of gold, and the silver for [things] of silver, and for all manner of work [to be made] by the hands of artificers. And who [then] is willing to consecrate his service this day unto the LORD?
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
29:5: To consecrate his service - למלאות ידו lemalloth yado, to fill his hand; to bring an offering to the Lord.
1 Chronicles 29:7
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
29:5: To consecrate his service - literally, as in the margin, "to fill his hand," i. e., "to come with full hands to Yahweh." The words contain an appeal to the assembly for voluntary offerings.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
29:5: who them, Exo 25:2-9, Exo 35:5-9; Num 7:2, Num 7:3, Num 7:10-14, Num 15-89; Ezr 1:4-6, Ezr 2:68, Ezr 2:69; Ezr 7:15, Ezr 7:16
consecrate his service: Heb. to fill his hand
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

לזּהב לזּהב, for every golden thing, etc., cf. 1Chron 29:2. וּלכל־מלאכה, and in general for every work to be wrought by the hands of the artificer. וּמי, who then is willing (uw expressing it as the consequence). To fill one's hand to the Lord, means to provide oneself with something which one brings to the Lord; see on Ex 32:29. The infinitive מלּאות occurs also in Ex 31:5 and Dan 9:4, and along with מלּא, 2Chron 13:9.
Geneva 1599
The gold for [things] of gold, and the silver for [things] of silver, and for all manner of work [to be made] by the hands of artificers. And who [then] is (d) willing to consecrate his service this day unto the LORD?
(d) He was not only liberal himself but provoked others to set forth the work of God.
John Gill
The gold for things of gold, the silver for things of silver,.... The one for what was to be overlaid with gold, the other for what was to be overlaid with silver:
and for all manner of work to be made by the hands of artificers; what remained was to be made use of in employing artificers in making vessels for the temple that were needful:
and who then is willing to consecrate his service this day unto the Lord; or fill his hand? (k) and give largely and liberally towards building an house for the service and worship, honour and glory, of God; and David, having set so good an example, could with the better grace recommend the good work to his nobles and people, and which had its desired effect, as follows.
(k) "impleat manum suam", V. L. "ut impleat manum suam", Vatablus, Piscator.
John Wesley
To consecrate - To offer an offering, as I have done. Heb. To fill his hand unto the Lord. They that engage themselves in the service of God, will have their hands full: there is work enough for the whole man in that service.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
who then is willing to consecrate his service--Hebrew, "fill his hand"; that is, make an offering (Ex 32:29; Lev 8:33; 3Kings 13:33). The meaning is, that whoever would contribute voluntarily, as he had done, would be offering a freewill offering to the Lord. It was a sacrifice which every one of them could make, and in presenting which the offerer himself would be the priest. David, in asking freewill offerings for the temple, imitated the conduct of Moses in reference to the tabernacle (Ex 25:1-8).
29:629:6: Եւ յառաջամի՛տք եղեն իշխանք տոհմիցն, եւ իշխանք որդւոցն Իսրայէլի, հազարապետք եւ հարիւրապետք, եւ վերակացուք գործոցն, եւ գաւառապետք աքայի.
6 Տոհմերի պետերը, իսրայէլացիների իշխանները, հազարապետները, հարիւրապետները, գործերի վերակացուները եւ արքունի գաւառապետները
6 Այն ատեն տոհմերուն ու Իսրայէլի ցեղերուն իշխանները եւ հազարապետներն ու հարիւրապետները եւ թագաւորին գործին վերակացուները յօժար կամքով ընծայ բերին։
Եւ յառաջամիտք եղեն իշխանք տոհմիցն եւ իշխանք որդւոցն Իսրայելի, հազարապետք եւ հարիւրապետք եւ վերակացուք [464]գործոցն, եւ գաւառապետք`` արքայի:

29:6: Եւ յառաջամի՛տք եղեն իշխանք տոհմիցն, եւ իշխանք որդւոցն Իսրայէլի, հազարապետք եւ հարիւրապետք, եւ վերակացուք գործոցն, եւ գաւառապետք աքայի.
6 Տոհմերի պետերը, իսրայէլացիների իշխանները, հազարապետները, հարիւրապետները, գործերի վերակացուները եւ արքունի գաւառապետները
6 Այն ատեն տոհմերուն ու Իսրայէլի ցեղերուն իշխանները եւ հազարապետներն ու հարիւրապետները եւ թագաւորին գործին վերակացուները յօժար կամքով ընծայ բերին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
29:629:6 И стали жертвовать начальники семейств и начальники колен Израилевых, и начальники тысяч и сотен, и начальники над имениями царя.
29:6 καὶ και and; even προεθυμήθησαν προθυμεομαι ruling; ruler τῶν ο the πατριῶν πατρια lineage; family line καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the ἄρχοντες αρχων ruling; ruler τῶν ο the υἱῶν υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the χιλίαρχοι χιλιαρχος commander καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the ἑκατόνταρχοι εκατονταρχος leader of a hundred; centurion καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the προστάται προστατης the ἔργων εργον work καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the οἰκονόμοι οικονομος administrator τοῦ ο the βασιλέως βασιλευς monarch; king
29:6 וַ wa וְ and יִּֽתְנַדְּבוּ֩ yyˈiṯnaddᵊvû נדב incite שָׂרֵ֨י śārˌê שַׂר chief הָ hā הַ the אָבֹ֜ות ʔāvˈôṯ אָב father וְ wᵊ וְ and שָׂרֵ֣י׀ śārˈê שַׂר chief שִׁבְטֵ֣י šivṭˈê שֵׁבֶט rod יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel וְ wᵊ וְ and שָׂרֵ֤י śārˈê שַׂר chief הָ hā הַ the אֲלָפִים֙ ʔᵃlāfîm אֶלֶף thousand וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the מֵּאֹ֔ות mmēʔˈôṯ מֵאָה hundred וּ û וְ and לְ lᵊ לְ to שָׂרֵ֖י śārˌê שַׂר chief מְלֶ֥אכֶת mᵊlˌeḵeṯ מְלֶאכֶת work הַ ha הַ the מֶּֽלֶךְ׃ mmˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king
29:6. polliciti sunt itaque principes familiarum et proceres tribuum Israhel tribuni quoque et centuriones et principes possessionum regisThen the heads of the families, and the princes of the tribes of Israel and the captains of thousands, and of hundreds, and the overseers of the king's possessions promised,
6. Then the princes of the fathers’ , and the princes of the tribes of Israel, and the captains of thousands and of hundreds, with the rulers over the king’s work, offered willingly;
29:6. And so the leaders of the families, and the nobles of the tribes of Israel, as well as the tribunes and the centurions and the overseers of the king’s possessions, promised
29:6. Then the chief of the fathers and princes of the tribes of Israel, and the captains of thousands and of hundreds, with the rulers of the king’s work, offered willingly,
Then the chief of the fathers and princes of the tribes of Israel, and the captains of thousands and of hundreds, with the rulers of the king' s work, offered willingly:

29:6 И стали жертвовать начальники семейств и начальники колен Израилевых, и начальники тысяч и сотен, и начальники над имениями царя.
29:6
καὶ και and; even
προεθυμήθησαν προθυμεομαι ruling; ruler
τῶν ο the
πατριῶν πατρια lineage; family line
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
ἄρχοντες αρχων ruling; ruler
τῶν ο the
υἱῶν υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
χιλίαρχοι χιλιαρχος commander
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
ἑκατόνταρχοι εκατονταρχος leader of a hundred; centurion
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
προστάται προστατης the
ἔργων εργον work
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
οἰκονόμοι οικονομος administrator
τοῦ ο the
βασιλέως βασιλευς monarch; king
29:6
וַ wa וְ and
יִּֽתְנַדְּבוּ֩ yyˈiṯnaddᵊvû נדב incite
שָׂרֵ֨י śārˌê שַׂר chief
הָ הַ the
אָבֹ֜ות ʔāvˈôṯ אָב father
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שָׂרֵ֣י׀ śārˈê שַׂר chief
שִׁבְטֵ֣י šivṭˈê שֵׁבֶט rod
יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שָׂרֵ֤י śārˈê שַׂר chief
הָ הַ the
אֲלָפִים֙ ʔᵃlāfîm אֶלֶף thousand
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
מֵּאֹ֔ות mmēʔˈôṯ מֵאָה hundred
וּ û וְ and
לְ lᵊ לְ to
שָׂרֵ֖י śārˌê שַׂר chief
מְלֶ֥אכֶת mᵊlˌeḵeṯ מְלֶאכֶת work
הַ ha הַ the
מֶּֽלֶךְ׃ mmˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king
29:6. polliciti sunt itaque principes familiarum et proceres tribuum Israhel tribuni quoque et centuriones et principes possessionum regis
Then the heads of the families, and the princes of the tribes of Israel and the captains of thousands, and of hundreds, and the overseers of the king's possessions promised,
29:6. And so the leaders of the families, and the nobles of the tribes of Israel, as well as the tribunes and the centurions and the overseers of the king’s possessions, promised
29:6. Then the chief of the fathers and princes of the tribes of Israel, and the captains of thousands and of hundreds, with the rulers of the king’s work, offered willingly,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
29:6: the chief: Ch1 27:1-15; Isa 60:3-10
the rulers: Ch1 27:25-34; Co2 9:7
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

The princes follow the example, and willingly respond to David's call. האבות שׂרי = האבות ראשׁי, 1Chron 24:31; 1Chron 27:1, etc. הם מלאכת ולשׂרי, and as regards the princes of the work of the king. The למּלך וּמקנה רכוּשׁ שׂרי, 1Chron 28:1, the officials enumerated in 1Chron 27:25-31 are meant; on ל see on 1Chron 28:21. They gave 5000 talents of gold (22 1/2 or 11 1/2 millions of pounds), and 1000 darics = 11 1/2 millions of pounds. אדרכּון, with א prosth. here and in Ezra 8:27, and דּרכּמון, Ezra 2:69; Neh 7:70., does not correspond to the Greek δραχμή, Arab. dirhem, but to the Greek δαρεικός, as the Syrian translation derîkônā', Ezra 8:27, shows; a Persian gold coin worth about 22s. 6d. See the description of these coins, of which several specimens still exist, in Cavedoni bibl. Numismatik, bers. von A. Werlhof, S. 84ff.; J. Brandis, das Mnz-Mass und Gewishtssystem in Vorderasien (1866), S. 244; and my bibl. Archol. 127, 3. "Our historian uses the words used in his time to designate the current gold coins, without intending to assume that there were darics in use in the time of David, to state in a way intelligible to his readers the amount of the sum contributed by the princes" (Bertheau). This perfectly correct remark does not, however, explain why the author of the Chronicle has stated the contribution in gold and that in silver in different values, in talents and in darics, since the second cannot be an explanation of the first, the two sums being different. Probably the sum in darics is the amount which they contributed in gold pieces received as coins; the talents, on the other hand, probably represent the weight of the vessels and other articles of gold which they brought as offerings for the building. The amount contributed in silver is not large when compared with that in gold: 10,000 talents = 3,500,000, or one half that amount. The contribution in copper also, 18,000 talents, is not very large. Besides these, those who had stones, i.e., precious stones, also brought them. אתּו הנּמצא, that was found with him, for: that which he (each one) had of stones they gave. The sing. אתּו is to be taken distributively, and is consequently carried on in the plural, נתנוּ; cf. Ew. 319, a. אבנים is accus. of subordination. יד על נתן, to give over for administration (Ew. 282, b). יחיאל, the Levite family of this name which had the oversight of the treasures of the house of God (1Chron 26:21.).
John Gill
Then the chief of the fathers and princes of the tribes of Israel,.... The princes of the twelve tribes:
and the captains of thousands, and of hundreds, with the rulers over the king's work; who were now assembled, 1Chron 28:1.
offered willingly; and cheerfully; needed no more arguments to press them to it, but at once readily communicated.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
Then the chief of the fathers--or heads of the fathers (1Chron 24:31; 1Chron 27:1).
princes of the tribes-- (1Chron 27:16-22).
rulers of the king's work--those who had charge of the royal demesnes and other possessions (1Chron 27:25-31).
offered willingly--Influenced by the persuasive address and example of the king, they acted according to their several abilities, and their united contributions amounted to the gross sum--of gold 5,000 talents and 10,000 drams; and of silver, 10,000 talents, besides brass and iron.
29:729:7: եւ ետուն ՚ի գործ տանն Տեառն, ոսկի՝ տաղանտս հինգ հազար, եւ բեւր դահեկան. եւ արծաթ՝ տաղանտս տասն հազար. եւ պղինձ՝ տաղանտս բեւր եւ ութ հազար. եւ երկաթ՝ տաղանտս հարիւր հազար։
7 պարտաւորուեցին Տիրոջ տան շինութեան համար տալ հինգ հազար տաղանդ ոսկի, տասը հազար դահեկան, տասը հազար տաղանդ արծաթ, տասնութ հազար տաղանդ պղինձ եւ հարիւր հազար տաղանդ երկաթ:
7 Աստուծոյ տանը գործին համար հինգ հազար տաղանդ եւ տասը հազար ոսկի դրամ ու տասը հազար տաղանդ արծաթ եւ տասնըութը հազար տաղանդ պղինձ ու հարիւր հազար տաղանդ երկաթ տուին։
եւ ետուն ի գործ տանն [465]Տեառն ոսկի` տաղանդս հինգ հազար, եւ բեւր դահեկան. եւ արծաթ` տաղանդս տասն հազար. եւ պղինձ` տաղանդս բեւր եւ ութ հազար, եւ երկաթ` տաղանդս հարեւր հազար:

29:7: եւ ետուն ՚ի գործ տանն Տեառն, ոսկի՝ տաղանտս հինգ հազար, եւ բեւր դահեկան. եւ արծաթ՝ տաղանտս տասն հազար. եւ պղինձ՝ տաղանտս բեւր եւ ութ հազար. եւ երկաթ՝ տաղանտս հարիւր հազար։
7 պարտաւորուեցին Տիրոջ տան շինութեան համար տալ հինգ հազար տաղանդ ոսկի, տասը հազար դահեկան, տասը հազար տաղանդ արծաթ, տասնութ հազար տաղանդ պղինձ եւ հարիւր հազար տաղանդ երկաթ:
7 Աստուծոյ տանը գործին համար հինգ հազար տաղանդ եւ տասը հազար ոսկի դրամ ու տասը հազար տաղանդ արծաթ եւ տասնըութը հազար տաղանդ պղինձ ու հարիւր հազար տաղանդ երկաթ տուին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
29:729:7 И дали на устроение дома Божия пять тысяч талантов и десять тысяч драхм золота, и серебра десять тысяч талантов, и меди восемнадцать тысяч талантов, и железа сто тысяч талантов.
29:7 καὶ και and; even ἔδωκαν διδωμι give; deposit εἰς εις into; for τὰ ο the ἔργα εργον work οἴκου οικος home; household κυρίου κυριος lord; master χρυσίου χρυσιον gold piece; gold leaf τάλαντα ταλαντον 10,000 dollars; talent πεντακισχίλια πεντακισχιλιοι five thousand καὶ και and; even χρυσοῦς χρυσεος of gold; golden μυρίους μυριοι myriad καὶ και and; even ἀργυρίου αργυριον silver piece; money ταλάντων ταλαντον 10,000 dollars; talent δέκα δεκα ten χιλιάδας χιλιας thousand καὶ και and; even χαλκοῦ χαλκεος of brass τάλαντα ταλαντον 10,000 dollars; talent μύρια μυριοι myriad ὀκτακισχίλια οκτακισχιλιοι and; even σιδήρου σιδηρος iron ταλάντων ταλαντον 10,000 dollars; talent χιλιάδας χιλιας thousand ἑκατόν εκατον hundred
29:7 וַֽ wˈa וְ and יִּתְּנ֞וּ yyittᵊnˈû נתן give לַ la לְ to עֲבֹודַ֣ת ʕᵃvôḏˈaṯ עֲבֹדָה work בֵּית־ bêṯ- בַּיִת house הָ hā הַ the אֱלֹהִ֗ים ʔᵉlōhˈîm אֱלֹהִים god(s) זָהָ֞ב zāhˈāv זָהָב gold כִּכָּרִ֣ים kikkārˈîm כִּכָּר disk חֲמֵֽשֶׁת־ ḥᵃmˈēšeṯ- חָמֵשׁ five אֲלָפִים֮ ʔᵃlāfîm אֶלֶף thousand וַ wa וְ and אֲדַרְכֹנִ֣ים ʔᵃḏarᵊḵōnˈîm אֲדַרְכֹּון [currency unit] רִבֹּו֒ ribbˌô רִבֹּוא ten thousand וְ wᵊ וְ and כֶ֗סֶף ḵˈesef כֶּסֶף silver כִּכָּרִים֙ kikkārîm כִּכָּר disk עֲשֶׂ֣רֶת ʕᵃśˈereṯ עֲשָׂרָה ten אֲלָפִ֔ים ʔᵃlāfˈîm אֶלֶף thousand וּ û וְ and נְחֹ֕שֶׁת nᵊḥˈōšeṯ נְחֹשֶׁת bronze רִבֹּ֛ו ribbˈô רִבֹּוא ten thousand וּ û וְ and שְׁמֹונַ֥ת šᵊmônˌaṯ שְׁמֹנֶה eight אֲלָפִ֖ים ʔᵃlāfˌîm אֶלֶף thousand כִּכָּרִ֑ים kikkārˈîm כִּכָּר disk וּ û וְ and בַרְזֶ֖ל varzˌel בַּרְזֶל iron מֵֽאָה־ mˈēʔā- מֵאָה hundred אֶ֥לֶף ʔˌelef אֶלֶף thousand כִּכָּרִֽים׃ kikkārˈîm כִּכָּר disk
29:7. dederuntque in opera domus Dei auri talenta quinque milia et solidos decem milia argenti talenta decem milia et aeris talenta decem et octo milia ferri quoque centum milia talentorumAnd they gave for the works of the house of the Lord, of gold, five thousand talents, and ten thousand solids: of silver ten thousand talents: and of brass eighteen thousand talents: and of iron a hundred thousand talents.
7. and they gave for the service of the house of God of gold five thousand talents and ten thousand darics, and of silver ten thousand talents, and of brass eighteen thousand talents, and of iron a hundred thousand talents.
29:7. and gave, for the works of the house of the Lord, five thousand talents and ten thousand pieces of gold, ten thousand talents of silver, and eighteen thousand talents of brass, and also one hundred thousand talents of iron.
29:7. And gave for the service of the house of God of gold five thousand talents and ten thousand drams, and of silver ten thousand talents, and of brass eighteen thousand talents, and one hundred thousand talents of iron.
And gave for the service of the house of God of gold five thousand talents and ten thousand drams, and of silver ten thousand talents, and of brass eighteen thousand talents, and one hundred thousand talents of iron:

29:7 И дали на устроение дома Божия пять тысяч талантов и десять тысяч драхм золота, и серебра десять тысяч талантов, и меди восемнадцать тысяч талантов, и железа сто тысяч талантов.
29:7
καὶ και and; even
ἔδωκαν διδωμι give; deposit
εἰς εις into; for
τὰ ο the
ἔργα εργον work
οἴκου οικος home; household
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
χρυσίου χρυσιον gold piece; gold leaf
τάλαντα ταλαντον 10,000 dollars; talent
πεντακισχίλια πεντακισχιλιοι five thousand
καὶ και and; even
χρυσοῦς χρυσεος of gold; golden
μυρίους μυριοι myriad
καὶ και and; even
ἀργυρίου αργυριον silver piece; money
ταλάντων ταλαντον 10,000 dollars; talent
δέκα δεκα ten
χιλιάδας χιλιας thousand
καὶ και and; even
χαλκοῦ χαλκεος of brass
τάλαντα ταλαντον 10,000 dollars; talent
μύρια μυριοι myriad
ὀκτακισχίλια οκτακισχιλιοι and; even
σιδήρου σιδηρος iron
ταλάντων ταλαντον 10,000 dollars; talent
χιλιάδας χιλιας thousand
ἑκατόν εκατον hundred
29:7
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יִּתְּנ֞וּ yyittᵊnˈû נתן give
לַ la לְ to
עֲבֹודַ֣ת ʕᵃvôḏˈaṯ עֲבֹדָה work
בֵּית־ bêṯ- בַּיִת house
הָ הַ the
אֱלֹהִ֗ים ʔᵉlōhˈîm אֱלֹהִים god(s)
זָהָ֞ב zāhˈāv זָהָב gold
כִּכָּרִ֣ים kikkārˈîm כִּכָּר disk
חֲמֵֽשֶׁת־ ḥᵃmˈēšeṯ- חָמֵשׁ five
אֲלָפִים֮ ʔᵃlāfîm אֶלֶף thousand
וַ wa וְ and
אֲדַרְכֹנִ֣ים ʔᵃḏarᵊḵōnˈîm אֲדַרְכֹּון [currency unit]
רִבֹּו֒ ribbˌô רִבֹּוא ten thousand
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כֶ֗סֶף ḵˈesef כֶּסֶף silver
כִּכָּרִים֙ kikkārîm כִּכָּר disk
עֲשֶׂ֣רֶת ʕᵃśˈereṯ עֲשָׂרָה ten
אֲלָפִ֔ים ʔᵃlāfˈîm אֶלֶף thousand
וּ û וְ and
נְחֹ֕שֶׁת nᵊḥˈōšeṯ נְחֹשֶׁת bronze
רִבֹּ֛ו ribbˈô רִבֹּוא ten thousand
וּ û וְ and
שְׁמֹונַ֥ת šᵊmônˌaṯ שְׁמֹנֶה eight
אֲלָפִ֖ים ʔᵃlāfˌîm אֶלֶף thousand
כִּכָּרִ֑ים kikkārˈîm כִּכָּר disk
וּ û וְ and
בַרְזֶ֖ל varzˌel בַּרְזֶל iron
מֵֽאָה־ mˈēʔā- מֵאָה hundred
אֶ֥לֶף ʔˌelef אֶלֶף thousand
כִּכָּרִֽים׃ kikkārˈîm כִּכָּר disk
29:7. dederuntque in opera domus Dei auri talenta quinque milia et solidos decem milia argenti talenta decem milia et aeris talenta decem et octo milia ferri quoque centum milia talentorum
And they gave for the works of the house of the Lord, of gold, five thousand talents, and ten thousand solids: of silver ten thousand talents: and of brass eighteen thousand talents: and of iron a hundred thousand talents.
29:7. and gave, for the works of the house of the Lord, five thousand talents and ten thousand pieces of gold, ten thousand talents of silver, and eighteen thousand talents of brass, and also one hundred thousand talents of iron.
29:7. And gave for the service of the house of God of gold five thousand talents and ten thousand drams, and of silver ten thousand talents, and of brass eighteen thousand talents, and one hundred thousand talents of iron.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
7. В числе собранных народом пожертвований значится между прочим 10: 000: драхм золота или, по еврейскому тексту, 10: 000: «адарконим». Греческий перевод данного слова выражением «Λαρεικος» дает повод думать, что выпуск и чеканка этой монеты принадлежит Дарию Гистаспу. Но по исследованиям Дункера и Мешена, она древнее Дария, была известна грекам времени Солона. Равным образом и свое название получила не от имени Дария, а от того изображения, которое находилось на ней и представляло стрелка, стреляющего из лука. Корень слова «даркон», или «адаркон» — «дарок» — «шагать», «выступать вперед», что обыкновенно делается при натягивании лука. Ввиду этого термин «дарок» стали употреблять в значении «натягивать лук», а образовавшееся из него существительное «даркон», или «аодаркон» значит «стрелок из лука» (Лэви. Geschichte der ludischen Munzen. S. 19, anm. 4). Ввиду всего этого упоминание о дариках в кн. Паралипоменон не может служить, как думают некоторые, признаком их происхождения после Ездры.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
29:7: Of gold five thousand talents - These, at five thousand and seventy-five pounds, fifteen shillings, and seven pence halfpenny each, amount to twenty-five millions, three hundred and seventy-eight thousand nine hundred and six pounds, five shillings, sterling. If, with Dr. Prideaux, we estimate the golden talent at upwards of seven thousand pounds sterling, the value of these five thousand talents will be much more considerable. See the notes on Exo 25:39; Mat 18:24; and the calculations at the end of the notes on Ch2 9:29.
Ten thousand drams - Probably golden darics, worth each about twenty shillings, amounting to ten thousand pounds.
Of silver ten thousand talents - These, at three hundred and fifty-three pounds, eleven shillings, and ten-pence halfpenny, each, amount to three millions five hundred and thirty-five thousand, nine hundred and thirty-seven pounds, ten shillings, sterling.
Brass eighteen thousand talents - Each six hundred and fifty-seven thousand grains, amount to one thousand and twenty-six tons, eleven hundred weight, and one quarter.
One hundred thousand talents of iron - Each six hundred and fifty-seven thousand grains, amount to five thousand seven hundred and three tons, two hundred weight, and a half.
1 Chronicles 29:11
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
29:7: The word here translated "dram" is regarded by most critics as the Hebrew equivalent of the Persian "daric," or ordinary gold coin, worth about 22 shillings of British money (circa 1880's). Not, however, that the Jews possessed darics in David's time: the writer wished to express, in language that would be intelligible to his readers, the value of the gold subscribed, and therefore he translated the terms employed in his documents, whatever they were, into terms that were in use in his own day. The doric became current in Palestine soon after the return from the captivity Ezr 2:69; Ezr 8:27; Neh 7:70-72.
John Gill
And gave for the service of the house of God,.... For building and adorning it, and providing proper utensils for it:
of gold five thousand talents; which, according to Scheuchzer (l), came to 61,100,000 ducats of gold: and these, with "the 10,000 drachms"; make of our money, according to Brerewood (m), 22,507,500 pounds; some reckon a drachm at two ducats and a half, and somewhat more (n):
and of silver ten thousand talents; which, according to the former writer, amounted to 450,000,000 imperials, or rix dollars; and, according to the latter, they made of our money 3,750,000 pounds:
and of brass eighteen thousand talents, and one hundred thousand talents of iron; the weight of each of which were so much.
(l) Ut supra. (Physica Sacra, vol. 4. p. 631.) (m) Ut supra. (Physica Sacra, vol. 4. p. 631.) (n) Eisenschmidius apud Scheuchzer. ib. p. 635.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
drams--rather, darics, a Persian coin, with which the Jews from the time of the captivity became familiar, and which was afterwards extensively circulated in the countries of Western Asia. It is estimated as equal in value to 25s. of British currency.
of brass eighteen thousand talents, and one hundred thousand talents of iron--In Scripture, iron is always referred to as an article of comparatively low value, and of greater abundance and cheaper than bronze [NAPIER].
29:829:8: Եւ ոյր ուրուք գտաւ քա՛ր պատուական, ետուն ՚ի շտեմարանս տանն Տեառն, ՚ի ձեռս Յերիելի որդւոյ Եսրովմի[4443]։ [4443] Ոմանք. ՚Ի ձեռն Յերիէլի որդւոյ։
8 Ով թանկարժէք քար ունէր, տուեց Տիրոջ տան գանձարանին՝ այն յանձնելով Եսրոմի որդի Յերիէլին:
8 Որուն քով որ քարեր գտնուեցան, Գերսոնացի Յեքիէլին ձեռքով Տէրոջը տանը գանձին ընծայեցին։
Եւ ոյր ուրուք գտաւ քար պատուական` ետուն ի շտեմարանս տանն Տեառն, ի ձեռս Յեքիելի որդւոյ Գերսոնի:

29:8: Եւ ոյր ուրուք գտաւ քա՛ր պատուական, ետուն ՚ի շտեմարանս տանն Տեառն, ՚ի ձեռս Յերիելի որդւոյ Եսրովմի[4443]։
[4443] Ոմանք. ՚Ի ձեռն Յերիէլի որդւոյ։
8 Ով թանկարժէք քար ունէր, տուեց Տիրոջ տան գանձարանին՝ այն յանձնելով Եսրոմի որդի Յերիէլին:
8 Որուն քով որ քարեր գտնուեցան, Գերսոնացի Յեքիէլին ձեռքով Տէրոջը տանը գանձին ընծայեցին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
29:829:8 И у кого нашлись {дорогие} камни, те отдавали и их в сокровищницу дома Господня, на руки Иехиилу Герсонитянину.
29:8 καὶ και and; even οἷς ος who; what εὑρέθη ευρισκω find παρ᾿ παρα from; by αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him λίθος λιθος stone ἔδωκαν διδωμι give; deposit εἰς εις into; for τὰς ο the ἀποθήκας αποθηκη storehouse οἴκου οικος home; household κυρίου κυριος lord; master διὰ δια through; because of χειρὸς χειρ hand Ιιηλ ιιηλ the Γηρσωνι γηρσωνι Gērsōni; Yirsoni
29:8 וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the נִּמְצָ֤א nnimṣˈā מצא find אִתֹּו֙ ʔittˌô אֵת together with אֲבָנִ֔ים ʔᵃvānˈîm אֶבֶן stone נָתְנ֖וּ nāṯᵊnˌû נתן give לְ lᵊ לְ to אֹוצַ֣ר ʔôṣˈar אֹוצָר supply בֵּית־ bêṯ- בַּיִת house יְהוָ֑ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH עַ֥ל ʕˌal עַל upon יַד־ yaḏ- יָד hand יְחִיאֵ֖ל yᵊḥîʔˌēl יְחִיאֵל Jehiel הַ ha הַ the גֵּרְשֻׁנִּֽי׃ ggērᵊšunnˈî גֵּרְשֻׁנִּי Gershonite
29:8. et apud quemcumque inventi sunt lapides dederunt in thesaurum domus Domini per manum Ieihel GersonitisAnd all they that had stones, gave them to the treasures of the house of the Lord, by the hand of Jahiel the Gersonite.
8. And they with whom stones were found gave them to the treasure of the house of the LORD, under the hand of Jehiel the Gershonite.
29:8. And whoever found precious stones among their belongings gave them to the treasuries of the house of the Lord, by the hand of Jehiel the Gershonite.
29:8. And they with whom [precious] stones were found gave [them] to the treasure of the house of the LORD, by the hand of Jehiel the Gershonite.
And they with whom [precious] stones were found gave [them] to the treasure of the house of the LORD, by the hand of Jehiel the Gershonite:

29:8 И у кого нашлись {дорогие} камни, те отдавали и их в сокровищницу дома Господня, на руки Иехиилу Герсонитянину.
29:8
καὶ και and; even
οἷς ος who; what
εὑρέθη ευρισκω find
παρ᾿ παρα from; by
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
λίθος λιθος stone
ἔδωκαν διδωμι give; deposit
εἰς εις into; for
τὰς ο the
ἀποθήκας αποθηκη storehouse
οἴκου οικος home; household
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
διὰ δια through; because of
χειρὸς χειρ hand
Ιιηλ ιιηλ the
Γηρσωνι γηρσωνι Gērsōni; Yirsoni
29:8
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
נִּמְצָ֤א nnimṣˈā מצא find
אִתֹּו֙ ʔittˌô אֵת together with
אֲבָנִ֔ים ʔᵃvānˈîm אֶבֶן stone
נָתְנ֖וּ nāṯᵊnˌû נתן give
לְ lᵊ לְ to
אֹוצַ֣ר ʔôṣˈar אֹוצָר supply
בֵּית־ bêṯ- בַּיִת house
יְהוָ֑ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
עַ֥ל ʕˌal עַל upon
יַד־ yaḏ- יָד hand
יְחִיאֵ֖ל yᵊḥîʔˌēl יְחִיאֵל Jehiel
הַ ha הַ the
גֵּרְשֻׁנִּֽי׃ ggērᵊšunnˈî גֵּרְשֻׁנִּי Gershonite
29:8. et apud quemcumque inventi sunt lapides dederunt in thesaurum domus Domini per manum Ieihel Gersonitis
And all they that had stones, gave them to the treasures of the house of the Lord, by the hand of Jahiel the Gersonite.
29:8. And whoever found precious stones among their belongings gave them to the treasuries of the house of the Lord, by the hand of Jehiel the Gershonite.
29:8. And they with whom [precious] stones were found gave [them] to the treasure of the house of the LORD, by the hand of Jehiel the Gershonite.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
29:8: Compare Exo 35:27. The same spirit pRev_ailed now as at the setting up of the tabernacle. Each offered what he had that was most precious.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
29:8: Jehiel the Gershonite: Ch1 26:21, Ch1 26:22
Geneva 1599
And they with whom [precious] stones were (e) found gave [them] to the treasure of the house of the LORD, by the hand of Jehiel the Gershonite.
(e) Meaning, they who had any.
John Gill
And they with whom precious stones were found,.... Such as are mentioned 1Chron 29:2.
gave them to the treasure of the house of the Lord; to be laid up there:
by the hand of Jehiel the Gershonite; who, and his sons, had the care of that treasury, 1Chron 27:21.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
and they with whom precious stones were found--rather, "whatever was found along with it of precious stones they gave" [BERTHEAU]. These gifts were deposited in the hands of Jehiel, whose family was charged with the treasures of the house of the Lord (1Chron 26:21).
29:929:9: Եւ զուարճացաւ ժողուվուրդն յաղագս յառաջամի՛տ լինելոյն. վասն զի լի՛ սրտիւ եղեն յառաջամիտք Տեառն. եւ Դաւիթ արքայ ուրա՛խ եղեւ մեծապէս։
9 Ժողովուրդն ուրախացաւ, որ մարդիկ Տիրոջը նուէրներ են մատուցում սրտանց:
9 Ժողովուրդը մատուցուած կամաւոր ընծաներուն համար ուրախացան, քանզի կամաւոր ընծան բոլոր սրտով մատուցանեցին Տէրոջը։ Ասոր համար Դաւիթ թագաւորն ալ խիստ շատ ուրախացաւ։
Եւ զուարճացաւ ժողովուրդն յաղագս յառաջամիտ լինելոյն. վասն զի լի սրտիւ եղեն յառաջամիտք Տեառն. եւ Դաւիթ արքայ ուրախ եղեւ մեծապէս:

29:9: Եւ զուարճացաւ ժողուվուրդն յաղագս յառաջամի՛տ լինելոյն. վասն զի լի՛ սրտիւ եղեն յառաջամիտք Տեառն. եւ Դաւիթ արքայ ուրա՛խ եղեւ մեծապէս։
9 Ժողովուրդն ուրախացաւ, որ մարդիկ Տիրոջը նուէրներ են մատուցում սրտանց:
9 Ժողովուրդը մատուցուած կամաւոր ընծաներուն համար ուրախացան, քանզի կամաւոր ընծան բոլոր սրտով մատուցանեցին Տէրոջը։ Ասոր համար Դաւիթ թագաւորն ալ խիստ շատ ուրախացաւ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
29:929:9 И радовался народ усердию их, потому что они от всего сердца жертвовали Господу, также и царь Давид весьма радовался.
29:9 καὶ και and; even εὐφράνθη ευφραινω celebrate; cheer ὁ ο the λαὸς λαος populace; population ὑπὲρ υπερ over; for τοῦ ο the προθυμηθῆναι προθυμεομαι since; that ἐν εν in καρδίᾳ καρδια heart πλήρει πληρης full προεθυμήθησαν προθυμεομαι the κυρίῳ κυριος lord; master καὶ και and; even Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith ὁ ο the βασιλεὺς βασιλευς monarch; king εὐφράνθη ευφραινω celebrate; cheer μεγάλως μεγαλως greatly
29:9 וַ wa וְ and יִּשְׂמְח֤וּ yyiśmᵊḥˈû שׂמח rejoice הָ hā הַ the עָם֙ ʕˌām עַם people עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הִֽתְנַדְּבָ֔ם hˈiṯnaddᵊvˈām נדב incite כִּ֚י ˈkî כִּי that בְּ bᵊ בְּ in לֵ֣ב lˈēv לֵב heart שָׁלֵ֔ם šālˈēm שָׁלֵם complete הִֽתְנַדְּב֖וּ hˈiṯnaddᵊvˌû נדב incite לַ la לְ to יהוָ֑ה [yhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH וְ wᵊ וְ and גַם֙ ḡˌam גַּם even דָּוִ֣יד dāwˈîḏ דָּוִד David הַ ha הַ the מֶּ֔לֶךְ mmˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king שָׂמַ֖ח śāmˌaḥ שׂמח rejoice שִׂמְחָ֥ה śimḥˌā שִׂמְחָה joy גְדֹולָֽה׃ פ ḡᵊḏôlˈā . f גָּדֹול great
29:9. laetatusque est populus cum vota sponte promitterent quia corde toto offerebant ea Domino sed et David rex laetatus est gaudio magnoAnd the people rejoiced, when they promised their offerings willingly: because they offered them to the Lord with all their heart: and David the king rejoiced also with a great joy.
9. Then the people rejoiced, for that they offered willingly, because with a perfect heart they offered willingly to the LORD: and David the king also rejoiced with great joy.
29:9. And the people rejoiced, since they were promising their votive offerings willingly. For they were offering these to the Lord with all their heart. And king David also rejoiced with great gladness.
29:9. Then the people rejoiced, for that they offered willingly, because with perfect heart they offered willingly to the LORD: and David the king also rejoiced with great joy.
Then the people rejoiced, for that they offered willingly, because with perfect heart they offered willingly to the LORD: and David the king also rejoiced with great joy:

29:9 И радовался народ усердию их, потому что они от всего сердца жертвовали Господу, также и царь Давид весьма радовался.
29:9
καὶ και and; even
εὐφράνθη ευφραινω celebrate; cheer
ο the
λαὸς λαος populace; population
ὑπὲρ υπερ over; for
τοῦ ο the
προθυμηθῆναι προθυμεομαι since; that
ἐν εν in
καρδίᾳ καρδια heart
πλήρει πληρης full
προεθυμήθησαν προθυμεομαι the
κυρίῳ κυριος lord; master
καὶ και and; even
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
ο the
βασιλεὺς βασιλευς monarch; king
εὐφράνθη ευφραινω celebrate; cheer
μεγάλως μεγαλως greatly
29:9
וַ wa וְ and
יִּשְׂמְח֤וּ yyiśmᵊḥˈû שׂמח rejoice
הָ הַ the
עָם֙ ʕˌām עַם people
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הִֽתְנַדְּבָ֔ם hˈiṯnaddᵊvˈām נדב incite
כִּ֚י ˈkî כִּי that
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
לֵ֣ב lˈēv לֵב heart
שָׁלֵ֔ם šālˈēm שָׁלֵם complete
הִֽתְנַדְּב֖וּ hˈiṯnaddᵊvˌû נדב incite
לַ la לְ to
יהוָ֑ה [yhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
וְ wᵊ וְ and
גַם֙ ḡˌam גַּם even
דָּוִ֣יד dāwˈîḏ דָּוִד David
הַ ha הַ the
מֶּ֔לֶךְ mmˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king
שָׂמַ֖ח śāmˌaḥ שׂמח rejoice
שִׂמְחָ֥ה śimḥˌā שִׂמְחָה joy
גְדֹולָֽה׃ פ ḡᵊḏôlˈā . f גָּדֹול great
29:9. laetatusque est populus cum vota sponte promitterent quia corde toto offerebant ea Domino sed et David rex laetatus est gaudio magno
And the people rejoiced, when they promised their offerings willingly: because they offered them to the Lord with all their heart: and David the king rejoiced also with a great joy.
29:9. And the people rejoiced, since they were promising their votive offerings willingly. For they were offering these to the Lord with all their heart. And king David also rejoiced with great gladness.
29:9. Then the people rejoiced, for that they offered willingly, because with perfect heart they offered willingly to the LORD: and David the king also rejoiced with great joy.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
29:9: The people rejoiced for that they offered willingly - i. e., the munificence of the princes and officers Ch1 29:6 caused general joy among the people.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
29:9: they offered: Deu 16:10, Deu 16:11; Jdg 5:9; Psa 110:3; Co2 8:3, Co2 8:12, Co2 9:7, Co2 9:8
perfect heart: Ch1 29:17; Kg1 8:61
David: Pro 23:15, Pro 23:16; Luk 15:6; Joh 15:11; Phi 2:15-17, Phi 4:1, Phi 4:10; Th1 3:6-9
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

The people and the king rejoiced over this willingness to give. שׁלם בּלב, as in 1Chron 28:9.
Geneva 1599
Then the people rejoiced, for that they offered willingly, because with (f) perfect heart they offered willingly to the LORD: and David the king also rejoiced with great joy.
(f) That is, with good courage and without hypocrisy.
John Gill
Then the people rejoiced, for that they offered willingly,.... They were not only glad that they had it to offer, but that they had hearts to do it; they found themselves quite free to do the work, and saw it was so with others, which gave them extreme pleasure:
because with perfect heart they offered willingly to the Lord; not grudgingly, but cheerfully; not pressed and urged to it; not by constraint, but freely, and that with a pure view to the honour and glory of God:
and David the king also rejoiced with great joy; it made his heart glad exceedingly, now he was old, and just going out of the world, to see this good work in such forwardness, on which his heart had been so much set; it gave him reason to believe it would be set about in good earnest, be carried on with vigour, and brought to perfection.
John Wesley
Rejoiced - Because this was both an effect of God's grace in them, an eminent token of God's favour to them, and a pledge that this long - desired work, would receive a certain and speedy accomplishment. Great joy - To see the work, which his heart was so much set upon, likely to go on. It is a great reviving to good men when they are leaving the world, to see those they leave behind zealous for the work of God.
29:1029:10: Եւ օրհնեաց արքայ Դաւիթ զՏէր առաջի եկեղեցւոյն՝ եւ ասէ. Օրհնեալ է Տէր Աստուած Իսրայէլի հարցն մերոց յաւիտենից մինչեւ յաւիտեանս։
10 Մեծապէս ուրախացաւ Դաւիթ արքան ու ժողովականների առջեւ օրհնեց Տիրոջը՝ ասելով. «Յաւիտեանս յաւիտենից օրհնեալ ես, Իսրայէլի մեր հայրերի ո՜վ Տէր Աստուած:
10 Դաւիթ բոլոր ժողովուրդին աչքին առջեւ Տէրը օրհնեց ու ըսաւ. «Ո՛վ Տէր, մեր հօրը Իսրայէլին Աստուածը, յաւիտեանս յաւիտենից օրհնեալ ես։
Եւ օրհնեաց արքայ Դաւիթ զՏէր առաջի եկեղեցւոյն` եւ ասէ. Օրհնեալ [466]է Տէր Աստուած Իսրայելի հարցն մերոց յաւիտենից մինչեւ յաւիտեանս:

29:10: Եւ օրհնեաց արքայ Դաւիթ զՏէր առաջի եկեղեցւոյն՝ եւ ասէ. Օրհնեալ է Տէր Աստուած Իսրայէլի հարցն մերոց յաւիտենից մինչեւ յաւիտեանս։
10 Մեծապէս ուրախացաւ Դաւիթ արքան ու ժողովականների առջեւ օրհնեց Տիրոջը՝ ասելով. «Յաւիտեանս յաւիտենից օրհնեալ ես, Իսրայէլի մեր հայրերի ո՜վ Տէր Աստուած:
10 Դաւիթ բոլոր ժողովուրդին աչքին առջեւ Տէրը օրհնեց ու ըսաւ. «Ո՛վ Տէր, մեր հօրը Իսրայէլին Աստուածը, յաւիտեանս յաւիտենից օրհնեալ ես։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
29:1029:10 И благословил Давид Господа пред всем собранием, и сказал Давид: благословен Ты, Господи Боже Израиля, отца нашего, от века и до века!
29:10 καὶ και and; even εὐλόγησεν ευλογεω commend; acclaim ὁ ο the βασιλεὺς βασιλευς monarch; king Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith τὸν ο the κύριον κυριος lord; master ἐνώπιον ενωπιος in the face; facing τῆς ο the ἐκκλησίας εκκλησια assembly λέγων λεγω tell; declare εὐλογητὸς ευλογητος commended; commendable εἶ ειμι be κύριε κυριος lord; master ὁ ο the θεὸς θεος God Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel ὁ ο the πατὴρ πατηρ father ἡμῶν ημων our ἀπὸ απο from; away τοῦ ο the αἰῶνος αιων age; -ever καὶ και and; even ἕως εως till; until τοῦ ο the αἰῶνος αιων age; -ever
29:10 וַ wa וְ and יְבָ֤רֶךְ yᵊvˈāreḵ ברך bless דָּוִיד֙ dāwîḏ דָּוִד David אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] יְהוָ֔ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH לְ lᵊ לְ to עֵינֵ֖י ʕênˌê עַיִן eye כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the קָּהָ֑ל qqāhˈāl קָהָל assembly וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֣אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say דָּוִ֗יד dāwˈîḏ דָּוִד David בָּר֨וּךְ bārˌûḵ ברך bless אַתָּ֤ה ʔattˈā אַתָּה you יְהוָה֙ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֵי֙ ʔᵉlōhˌê אֱלֹהִים god(s) יִשְׂרָאֵ֣ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel אָבִ֔ינוּ ʔāvˈînû אָב father מֵ mē מִן from עֹולָ֖ם ʕôlˌām עֹולָם eternity וְ wᵊ וְ and עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto עֹולָֽם׃ ʕôlˈām עֹולָם eternity
29:10. et benedixit Domino coram universa multitudine et ait benedictus es Domine Deus Israhel patris nostri ab aeterno in aeternumAnd he blessed the Lord before all the multitude, and he said: Blessed art thou, O Lord the God of Israel, our father from eternity to eternity.
10. Wherefore David blessed the LORD before all the congregation: and David said, Blessed be thou, O LORD, the God of Israel our father, for ever and ever.
29:10. And he blessed the Lord before the entire multitude, and he said: “Blessed are you, O Lord God of Israel, our Father from eternity to eternity.
29:10. Wherefore David blessed the LORD before all the congregation: and David said, Blessed [be] thou, LORD God of Israel our father, for ever and ever.
Wherefore David blessed the LORD before all the congregation: and David said, Blessed [be] thou, LORD God of Israel our father, for ever and ever:

29:10 И благословил Давид Господа пред всем собранием, и сказал Давид: благословен Ты, Господи Боже Израиля, отца нашего, от века и до века!
29:10
καὶ και and; even
εὐλόγησεν ευλογεω commend; acclaim
ο the
βασιλεὺς βασιλευς monarch; king
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
τὸν ο the
κύριον κυριος lord; master
ἐνώπιον ενωπιος in the face; facing
τῆς ο the
ἐκκλησίας εκκλησια assembly
λέγων λεγω tell; declare
εὐλογητὸς ευλογητος commended; commendable
εἶ ειμι be
κύριε κυριος lord; master
ο the
θεὸς θεος God
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
ο the
πατὴρ πατηρ father
ἡμῶν ημων our
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τοῦ ο the
αἰῶνος αιων age; -ever
καὶ και and; even
ἕως εως till; until
τοῦ ο the
αἰῶνος αιων age; -ever
29:10
וַ wa וְ and
יְבָ֤רֶךְ yᵊvˈāreḵ ברך bless
דָּוִיד֙ dāwîḏ דָּוִד David
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
יְהוָ֔ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
לְ lᵊ לְ to
עֵינֵ֖י ʕênˌê עַיִן eye
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
קָּהָ֑ל qqāhˈāl קָהָל assembly
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֣אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say
דָּוִ֗יד dāwˈîḏ דָּוִד David
בָּר֨וּךְ bārˌûḵ ברך bless
אַתָּ֤ה ʔattˈā אַתָּה you
יְהוָה֙ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֵי֙ ʔᵉlōhˌê אֱלֹהִים god(s)
יִשְׂרָאֵ֣ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
אָבִ֔ינוּ ʔāvˈînû אָב father
מֵ מִן from
עֹולָ֖ם ʕôlˌām עֹולָם eternity
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
עֹולָֽם׃ ʕôlˈām עֹולָם eternity
29:10. et benedixit Domino coram universa multitudine et ait benedictus es Domine Deus Israhel patris nostri ab aeterno in aeternum
And he blessed the Lord before all the multitude, and he said: Blessed art thou, O Lord the God of Israel, our father from eternity to eternity.
29:10. And he blessed the Lord before the entire multitude, and he said: “Blessed are you, O Lord God of Israel, our Father from eternity to eternity.
29:10. Wherefore David blessed the LORD before all the congregation: and David said, Blessed [be] thou, LORD God of Israel our father, for ever and ever.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ mh▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
10-20. Народные пожертвования ценны не по количеству собранных драгоценностей. Эти последние принадлежат не человеку, а Богу, как владыке всего существующего, и отказ от них не составляет для первого заслуги. Пожертвования дороги со стороны сказавшихся в них любви и усердия народа к Богу. Подобное настроение — источник народного счастья (XXVIII:3–9), и может быть сохранено при помощи и содействии самого Бога.
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
David's Prayer to God; Sacrifices Offered. B. C. 1015.

10 Wherefore David blessed the LORD before all the congregation: and David said, Blessed be thou, LORD God of Israel our father, for ever and ever. 11 Thine, O LORD, is the greatness, and the power, and the glory, and the victory, and the majesty: for all that is in the heaven and in the earth is thine; thine is the kingdom, O LORD, and thou art exalted as head above all. 12 Both riches and honour come of thee, and thou reignest over all; and in thine hand is power and might; and in thine hand it is to make great, and to give strength unto all. 13 Now therefore, our God, we thank thee, and praise thy glorious name. 14 But who am I, and what is my people, that we should be able to offer so willingly after this sort? for all things come of thee, and of thine own have we given thee. 15 For we are strangers before thee, and sojourners, as were all our fathers: our days on the earth are as a shadow, and there is none abiding. 16 O LORD our God, all this store that we have prepared to build thee a house for thine holy name cometh of thine hand, and is all thine own. 17 I know also, my God, that thou triest the heart, and hast pleasure in uprightness. As for me, in the uprightness of mine heart I have willingly offered all these things: and now have I seen with joy thy people, which are present here, to offer willingly unto thee. 18 O LORD God of Abraham, Isaac, and of Israel, our fathers, keep this for ever in the imagination of the thoughts of the heart of thy people, and prepare their heart unto thee: 19 And give unto Solomon my son a perfect heart, to keep thy commandments, thy testimonies, and thy statutes, and to do all these things, and to build the palace, for the which I have made provision. 20 And David said to all the congregation, Now bless the LORD your God. And all the congregation blessed the LORD God of their fathers, and bowed down their heads, and worshipped the LORD, and the king. 21 And they sacrificed sacrifices unto the LORD, and offered burnt offerings unto the LORD, on the morrow after that day, even a thousand bullocks, a thousand rams, and a thousand lambs, with their drink offerings, and sacrifices in abundance for all Israel: 22 And did eat and drink before the LORD on that day with great gladness. And they made Solomon the son of David king the second time, and anointed him unto the LORD to be the chief governor, and Zadok to be priest.
We have here,
I. The solemn address which David made to God upon occasion of the noble subscriptions of the princes towards the building of the temple (v. 10): Wherefore David blessed the Lord, not only alone in his closet, but before all the congregation. This I expected when we read (v. 9) that David rejoiced with great joy; for such a devout man as he would no doubt make that the matter of his thanksgiving which was so much the matter of his rejoicing. He that looked round with comfort would certainly look up with praise. David was now old and looked upon himself as near his end; and it well becomes aged saints, and dying saints, to have their hearts much enlarged in praise and thanksgiving. This will silence their complaints of their bodily infirmities, and help to make the prospect of death itself less gloomy. David's psalms, toward the latter end of the book, are most of them psalms of praise. The nearer we come to the world of everlasting praise the more we should speak the language and do the work of that world. In this address,
1. He adores God, and ascribes glory to him as the God of Israel, blessed for ever and ever. Our Lord's prayer ends with a doxology much like this which David here begins with--for thine is the kingdom, the power, and the glory. This is properly praising God--with holy awe and reverence, and agreeable affection, acknowledging, (1.) His infinite perfections; not only that he is great, powerful, glorious, &c., but that his is the greatness, power, and glory, that is, he has them in and of himself, v. 11. He is the fountain and centre of every thing that is bright and blessed. All that we can, in our most exalted praises, attribute to him he has an unquestionable title to. His is the greatness; his greatness is immense and incomprehensible; and all others are little, are nothing, in comparison of him. His is the power, and it is almighty and irresistible; power belongs to him, and all the power of all the creatures is derived from him and depends upon him. His is the glory; for his glory is his own end and the end of the whole creation. All the glory we can give him with our hearts, lips, and lives, comes infinitely short of what is his due. His is the victory; he transcends and surpasses all, and is able to conquer and subdue all things to himself; and his victories are incontestable and uncontrollable. And his is the majesty, real and personal; with him is terrible majesty, inexpressible and inconceivable. (2.) His sovereign dominion, as rightful owner and possessor of all: "All that is in the heaven, and in the earth, is thine, and at thy disposal, by the indisputable right of creation, and as supreme ruler and commander of all: thine is the kingdom, and all kings are thy subjects; for thou art head, and art to be exalted and worshipped as head above all." (3.) His universal influence and agency. All that are rich and honourable among the children of men have their riches and honours from God. This acknowledgment he would have the princes take notice of and join in, that they might not think they had merited any thing of God by their generosity; for from God they had their riches and honour, and what they had returned to him was but a small part of what they had received from him. Whoever are great among men, it is God's hand that makes them so; and, whatever strength we have, it is God that gives it to us, as the God of Israel our father, v. 10. Ps. lxviii. 35.
2. He acknowledges with thankfulness the grace of God enabling them to contribute so cheerfully towards the building of the temple (v. 13, 14): Now therefore, our God, we thank thee. Note, The more we do for God the more we are indebted to him for the honour of being employed in his service, and for grace enabling us, in any measure, to serve him. Does he therefore thank that servant? Luke xvii. 9. No: but that servant has a great deal of reason to thank him. He thanks God that they were able to offer so willingly. Note, (1.) It is a great instance of the power of God's grace in us to be able to do the work of God willingly. He works both to will and to do; and it is in the day of his power that his people are made willing, Ps. cx. 3. (2.) We must give God all the glory of all the good that is at any time done by ourselves or others. Our own good works must not be the matter of our pride, nor the good works of others the matter of our flattery, but both the matter of our praise; for certainly it is the greatest honour and pleasure in the world faithfully to serve God.
3. He speaks very humbly of himself, and his people, and the offerings they had now presented to God. (1.) For himself, and those that joined with him, though they were princes, he wondered that God should take such notice of them and do so much for them (v. 14): Who am I, and what is my people? David was the most honourable person, and Israel the most honourable person, then in the world; yet thus does he speak of himself and them, as unworthy the divine cognizance and favour. David now looks very great, presiding in an august assembly, appointing his successor, and making a noble present to the honour of God; and yet he is little and low in his own eyes: Who am I, O Lord? for (v. 15) we are strangers before thee, and sojourners, poor despicable creatures. Angels in heaven are at home there; saints on earth are but strangers here: Our days on the earth are as a shadow. David's days had as much of substance in them as most men's; for he was a great man, a good man, a useful man, and now an old man, one that lived long and lived to good purpose: and yet he puts himself not only into the number, but in the front, of those who must acknowledge that their days on the earth are as a shadow, which intimates that our life is a vain life, a dark life, a transient life, and a life that will have its periods either in perfect light or perfect darkness. The next words explain it: There is no abiding, Heb. no expectation. We cannot expect any great matters from it, nor can we expect any long continuance of it. This is mentioned here as that which forbids us to boast of the service we do to God. Alas! it is confined to a scantling of time, it is the service of a frail and short life, and therefore what can we pretend to merit by it? (2.) As to their offerings, Lord, says he, of thy own have we given thee (v. 14), and again (v. 16), It cometh of thy hand, and is all thy own. "We have it from thee as a free gift, and therefore are bound to use it for thee; and what we present to thee is but rent or interest from thy own." "In like manner" (says bishop Patrick) "we ought to acknowledge God in all spiritual things, referring every good thought, good purpose, good work, to his grace, from whom we receive it." Let him that glories therefore glory in the Lord.
4. He appeals to God concerning his own sincerity in what he did, v. 17. It is a great satisfaction to a good man to think that God tries the heart and has pleasure in uprightness, that, whoever may misinterpret or contemn it, he is acquainted with and approves of the way of the righteous. It was David's comfort that God knew with what pleasure he both offered his own and saw the people's offering. He was neither proud of his own good work nor envious of the good works of others.
5. He prays to God both for the people and for Solomon, that both might hold on as they began. In this prayer he addresses God as the God of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, a God in covenant with them and with us for their sakes. Lord, give us grace to make good our part of the covenant, that we may not forfeit the benefit of it. Or thus: they were kept in their integrity by the grace of God establishing their way; let the same grace that was sufficient for them be so for us. (1.) For the people he prays (v. 18) that what good God had put into their minds he would always keep there, that they might never be worse than they were now, might never lose the convictions they were now under, nor cool in their affections to the house of God, but always have the same thoughts of things as they now seemed to have. Great consequences depend upon what is innermost, and what uppermost, in the imagination of the thoughts of our heart, what we aim at and what we love to think of. If any good have got possession of our hearts, or the hearts of our friends, it is good by prayer to commit the custody of it to the grace of God: "Lord, keep it there, keep it for ever there. David has prepared materials for the temple; but, Lord, do thou prepare their hearts for such a privilege;" establish their hearts, so the margin. "Confirm their resolutions. They are in a good mind; keep them so when I am gone, them and theirs for ever." (2.) For Solomon he prays (v. 19), Give him a perfect heart. He had charged him (ch. xxviii. 9) to serve God with a perfect heart; now here he prays to God to give him such a heart. He does not pray, "Lord, make him a rich man, a great man, a learned man;" but, "Lord, make him an honest man;" for that is better than all. "Lord, give him a perfect heart, not only in general to keep thy commandments, but in particular to build the palace, that he may do that service with a single eye." Yet his building the house would not prove him to have a perfect heart unless he made conscience of keeping God's commandments. It is not helping to build churches that will save us if we live in disobedience to God's law.
II. The cheerful concurrence of this great assembly in this great solemnity. 1. They joined with David in the adoration of God. When he had done his prayer he called to them to testify their concurrence (Now bless the Lord your God, v. 20), which accordingly they did, by bowing down their heads, a gesture of adoration. Whoever is the mouth of the congregation, those only have the benefit who join with him, not by bowing down the head so much as by lifting up the soul. 2. They paid their respects to the king, looking upon him as an instrument in God's hand of much good to them; and, in honouring him, they honoured God. 3. The next day they offered abundance of sacrifices to God (v. 21), both burnt-offerings, which were wholly consumed, and peace-offerings, which the offerer had the greatest part of to himself. Hereby they testified a generous gratitude to God for the good posture their public affairs were in, though David was going the way of all the earth. 4. They feasted and rejoiced before God, v. 22. In token of their joy in God, and communion with him, they feasted upon their peace-offerings in a religious manner before the Lord. What had been offered to God they feasted upon, by which was intimated to them that they should be never the poorer for their late liberal contributions to the service of the temple; they themselves should feast upon the comfort of it. 5. They made Solomon king the second time. He having been before anointed in haste, upon occasion of Adonijah's rebellion, it was thought fit to repeat the ceremony, for the greater satisfaction of the people. They anointed him to the Lord. Magistrates must look upon themselves as set apart for God, to be his ministers, and must rule accordingly in the fear of God. Zadok also was anointed to be priest in the room of Abiathar, who had lately forfeited his honour. Happy art thou, O Israel! under such a prince and such a pontiff.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
29:10: David blessed: Ch1 29:20; Ch2 20:26-28; Psa 103:1, Psa 103:2, Psa 138:1, Psa 146:2
Blessed be thou: Kg1 8:15; Ch2 6:4; Psa 72:18, Psa 72:19, Psa 89:52; Eze 3:12; Eph 1:3; Ti1 1:17; Pe1 1:3; Rev 5:12
Lord God: Gen 32:28, Gen 33:20
our father: Isa 63:16; Mat 6:9; Luk 11:3; Rom 1:7, Rom 8:15; Phi 4:20; Th2 2:16
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

David's thanksgiving prayer. - David gives fitting expression to his joy on the success of the deepest wish of his heart, in a prayer with which he closes the last parliament of his reign. Since according to the divine decree, not he, the man of war, but his son, the peace-king Solomon, was to build a temple to the Lord, David had taken it upon himself to prepare as far as possible for the carrying out of the work. He had also found the princes and chiefs of the people willing to further it, and to assist his son Solomon in it. In this the pious and grey-haired servant of the Lord saw a special proof of the divine favour, for which he must thank God the Lord before the whole congregation. He praises Jahve, "the God of Israel our father," 1Chron 29:10, or, as it is in 1Chron 29:18, "the God of Abraham, of Isaac, and of Jacob, our fathers." Jahve had clearly revealed himself to David and his people as the God of Israel and of the patriarchs, by fulfilling in so glorious a manner to the people of Israel, by David, the promises made to the patriarchs. God the Lord had not only by David made His people great and powerful, and secured to them the peaceful possession of the good land, by humbling all their enemies round about, but He had also awakened in the heart of the people such love to and trust in their God, that the assembled dignitaries of the kingdom showed themselves perfectly willing to assist in furthering the building of the house of God. In this God had revealed His greatness, power, glory, etc., as David (in 1Chron 29:11, 1Chron 29:12) acknowledges with praise: "Thine, Jahve, is the greatness," etc. הנּצח, according to the Aramaic usage, gloria, splendour, honour. כל כּי, yea all, still dependent on לך at the commencement of the sentence, so that we do not need to supply לך after כּי. "Thine is the dominion, and the raising of oneself to be head over all." In His ממלכה God reveals His greatness, might, glory, etc. ממנשּׂא is not a participle requiring אתּה, "thou art," to be supplied (Berth.), but an appellative, an Aramaic infinitive, - the raising oneself (Ew. 160, e).
Geneva 1599
Wherefore David blessed the LORD before all the congregation: and David said, Blessed [be] thou, LORD God of (g) Israel our father, for ever and ever.
(g) Who revealed yourself to our father Jacob.
John Gill
Wherefore David blessed the Lord before all the congregation,.... To whose goodness he ascribed both the ability and willingness of him, and his people, to offer after such a manner; he knew it was God that wrought in them both to will and to do, and therefore gave him the glory of it:
and David said, blessed be thou, Lord God of Israel our Father, for ever and ever; the phrase, "our father", does not belong to the God of Israel, their father by covenant and adoption, but to Israel, or Jacob, the ancestor of the Jewish nation; who is made mention of on this occasion, he being the first that spoke of building an house for God, as some Jewish writers, Jarchi and Kimchi, observe, see Gen 28:22.
John Wesley
Blessed, &c. - David was now full of days, and near his end, and it well becomes the aged children of God, to have their hearts much enlarged in praise and thanksgiving. The nearer we come to the land of everlasting praise, the more we should speak the language, and do the work of that world.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
HIS THANKSGIVING. (1Ch. 29:10-25)
Wherefore David blessed the Lord--This beautiful thanksgiving prayer was the effusion overflowing with gratitude and delight at seeing the warm and widespread interest that was now taken in forwarding the favorite project of his life. Its piety is displayed in the fervor of devotional feeling--in the ascription of all worldly wealth and greatness to God as the giver, in tracing the general readiness in contributing to the influence of His grace, in praying for the continuance of this happy disposition among the people, and in solemnly and earnestly commending the young king and his kingdom to the care and blessing of God.
29:1129:11: Քո՛ է Տէր մեծութիւն, եւ զօրութիւն, եւ պարծանք, եւ յաղթութիւն, եւ կարողութիւն. վասն զի դո՛ւ ամենեցուն որք են յերկինս եւ ՚ի վերայ երկրի՝ տիրես. յերեսաց քոց դողան ամենայն թագաւորք եւ ազգք.
11 Քոնն է, Տէ՜ր, մեծութիւնը, զօրութիւնը, փառքը, յաղթութիւնն ու հզօրութիւնը, քանզի դու ես, որ տիրում ես երկնքում ու երկրի վրայ գտնուող բոլոր էակների վրայ:
11 Ո՛վ Տէր, մեծութիւնը, զօրութիւնը, փառքը, պայծառութիւնն ու վայելչութիւնը քուկդ են. քանզի բոլոր երկնքի ու երկրի վրայ եղածը քուկդ է։ Ո՛վ Տէր, թագաւորութիւնը քուկդ է ու դուն իբրեւ գլուխ ամենէն բարձրացեալն ես։
քո է, Տէր, մեծութիւն եւ զօրութիւն եւ պարծանք եւ յաղթութիւն եւ կարողութիւն. վասն զի [467]դու ամենեցուն որք են յերկինս եւ ի վերայ երկրի` տիրես. յերեսաց քոց դողան ամենայն թագաւորք եւ ազգք:

29:11: Քո՛ է Տէր մեծութիւն, եւ զօրութիւն, եւ պարծանք, եւ յաղթութիւն, եւ կարողութիւն. վասն զի դո՛ւ ամենեցուն որք են յերկինս եւ ՚ի վերայ երկրի՝ տիրես. յերեսաց քոց դողան ամենայն թագաւորք եւ ազգք.
11 Քոնն է, Տէ՜ր, մեծութիւնը, զօրութիւնը, փառքը, յաղթութիւնն ու հզօրութիւնը, քանզի դու ես, որ տիրում ես երկնքում ու երկրի վրայ գտնուող բոլոր էակների վրայ:
11 Ո՛վ Տէր, մեծութիւնը, զօրութիւնը, փառքը, պայծառութիւնն ու վայելչութիւնը քուկդ են. քանզի բոլոր երկնքի ու երկրի վրայ եղածը քուկդ է։ Ո՛վ Տէր, թագաւորութիւնը քուկդ է ու դուն իբրեւ գլուխ ամենէն բարձրացեալն ես։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
29:1129:11 Твое, Господи, величие, и могущество, и слава, и победа и великолепие, и все, {что} на небе и на земле, {Твое}: Твое, Господи, царство, и Ты превыше всего, как Владычествующий.
29:11 σοί σοι you κύριε κυριος lord; master ἡ ο the μεγαλωσύνη μεγαλωσυνη greatness καὶ και and; even ἡ ο the δύναμις δυναμις power; ability καὶ και and; even τὸ ο the καύχημα καυχημα boast; reason for boasting καὶ και and; even ἡ ο the νίκη νικη conquest καὶ και and; even ἡ ο the ἰσχύς ισχυς force ὅτι οτι since; that σὺ συ you πάντων πας all; every τῶν ο the ἐν εν in τῷ ο the οὐρανῷ ουρανος sky; heaven καὶ και and; even ἐπὶ επι in; on τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land δεσπόζεις δεσποζω from; away προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of σου σου of you; your ταράσσεται ταρασσω stir up; trouble πᾶς πας all; every βασιλεὺς βασιλευς monarch; king καὶ και and; even ἔθνος εθνος nation; caste
29:11 לְךָ֣ lᵊḵˈā לְ to יְ֠הוָה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH הַ ha הַ the גְּדֻלָּ֨ה ggᵊḏullˌā גְּדוּלָּה greatness וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the גְּבוּרָ֤ה ggᵊvûrˈā גְּבוּרָה strength וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the תִּפְאֶ֨רֶת֙ ttifʔˈereṯ תִּפְאֶרֶת splendour וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the נֵּ֣צַח nnˈēṣaḥ נֵצַח glory וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the הֹ֔וד hˈôḏ הֹוד splendour כִּי־ kî- כִּי that כֹ֖ל ḵˌōl כֹּל whole בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the שָּׁמַ֣יִם ššāmˈayim שָׁמַיִם heavens וּ û וְ and בָ vā בְּ in † הַ the אָ֑רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth לְךָ֤ lᵊḵˈā לְ to יְהוָה֙ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH הַ ha הַ the מַּמְלָכָ֔ה mmamlāḵˈā מַמְלָכָה kingdom וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the מִּתְנַשֵּׂ֖א mmiṯnaśśˌē נשׂא lift לְ lᵊ לְ to כֹ֥ל׀ ḵˌōl כֹּל whole לְ lᵊ לְ to רֹֽאשׁ׃ rˈōš רֹאשׁ head
29:11. tua est Domine magnificentia et potentia et gloria atque victoria et tibi laus cuncta enim quae in caelo sunt et in terra tua sunt tuum Domine regnum et tu es super omnes principesThine, O Lord, is magnificence, and power, and glory, and victory: and to thee is praise: for all that is in heaven, and in earth, is thine: thine is the kingdom, O Lord, and thou art above all princes.
11. Thine, O LORD, is the greatness, and the power, and the glory, and the victory, and the majesty: for all that is in the heaven and in the earth ; thine is the kingdom, O LORD, and thou art exalted as head above all.
29:11. Yours, O Lord, is magnificence and power and glory, and also victory; and to you is praise. For all the things that are in heaven and on earth are yours. Yours is the kingdom, O Lord, and you are above all rulers.
29:11. Thine, O LORD, [is] the greatness, and the power, and the glory, and the victory, and the majesty: for all [that is] in the heaven and in the earth [is thine]; thine [is] the kingdom, O LORD, and thou art exalted as head above all.
Thine, O LORD, [is] the greatness, and the power, and the glory, and the victory, and the majesty: for all [that is] in the heaven and in the earth [is thine]; thine [is] the kingdom, O LORD, and thou art exalted as head above all:

29:11 Твое, Господи, величие, и могущество, и слава, и победа и великолепие, и все, {что} на небе и на земле, {Твое}: Твое, Господи, царство, и Ты превыше всего, как Владычествующий.
29:11
σοί σοι you
κύριε κυριος lord; master
ο the
μεγαλωσύνη μεγαλωσυνη greatness
καὶ και and; even
ο the
δύναμις δυναμις power; ability
καὶ και and; even
τὸ ο the
καύχημα καυχημα boast; reason for boasting
καὶ και and; even
ο the
νίκη νικη conquest
καὶ και and; even
ο the
ἰσχύς ισχυς force
ὅτι οτι since; that
σὺ συ you
πάντων πας all; every
τῶν ο the
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
οὐρανῷ ουρανος sky; heaven
καὶ και and; even
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
δεσπόζεις δεσποζω from; away
προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of
σου σου of you; your
ταράσσεται ταρασσω stir up; trouble
πᾶς πας all; every
βασιλεὺς βασιλευς monarch; king
καὶ και and; even
ἔθνος εθνος nation; caste
29:11
לְךָ֣ lᵊḵˈā לְ to
יְ֠הוָה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
הַ ha הַ the
גְּדֻלָּ֨ה ggᵊḏullˌā גְּדוּלָּה greatness
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
גְּבוּרָ֤ה ggᵊvûrˈā גְּבוּרָה strength
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
תִּפְאֶ֨רֶת֙ ttifʔˈereṯ תִּפְאֶרֶת splendour
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
נֵּ֣צַח nnˈēṣaḥ נֵצַח glory
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
הֹ֔וד hˈôḏ הֹוד splendour
כִּי־ kî- כִּי that
כֹ֖ל ḵˌōl כֹּל whole
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
שָּׁמַ֣יִם ššāmˈayim שָׁמַיִם heavens
וּ û וְ and
בָ בְּ in
הַ the
אָ֑רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
לְךָ֤ lᵊḵˈā לְ to
יְהוָה֙ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
הַ ha הַ the
מַּמְלָכָ֔ה mmamlāḵˈā מַמְלָכָה kingdom
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
מִּתְנַשֵּׂ֖א mmiṯnaśśˌē נשׂא lift
לְ lᵊ לְ to
כֹ֥ל׀ ḵˌōl כֹּל whole
לְ lᵊ לְ to
רֹֽאשׁ׃ rˈōš רֹאשׁ head
29:11. tua est Domine magnificentia et potentia et gloria atque victoria et tibi laus cuncta enim quae in caelo sunt et in terra tua sunt tuum Domine regnum et tu es super omnes principes
Thine, O Lord, is magnificence, and power, and glory, and victory: and to thee is praise: for all that is in heaven, and in earth, is thine: thine is the kingdom, O Lord, and thou art above all princes.
29:11. Yours, O Lord, is magnificence and power and glory, and also victory; and to you is praise. For all the things that are in heaven and on earth are yours. Yours is the kingdom, O Lord, and you are above all rulers.
29:11. Thine, O LORD, [is] the greatness, and the power, and the glory, and the victory, and the majesty: for all [that is] in the heaven and in the earth [is thine]; thine [is] the kingdom, O LORD, and thou art exalted as head above all.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
29:11: Thine, O Lord, is the greatness - This verse is thus paraphrased by the Targum: "Thine, O Lord, is the magnificence; for thou hast created the world by thy great power, and by thy might hast led our fathers out of Egypt, and with great signs hast caused them to pass through the Red Sea. Thou hast appeared gloriously on Mount Sinai, with troops of angels, in giving law to thy people. Thou hast gained the victory over Amalek; over Sihon and Og, kings of Canaan. By the splendor of thy majesty thou hast caused the sun to stand still on Gibeon, and the moon in the valley of Ajalon, until thy people, the house of Israel, were avenged of their enemies. All things that are in heaven and earth are the work of thy hands, and thou rulest over and sustainest whatsoever is in the heavens and in the earth. Thine, O Lord, is the kingdom in the firmament; and thou art exalted above the heavenly angels, and over all who are constituted rulers upon earth.
1 Chronicles 29:14
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
29:11: is the greatness: Dan 4:30, Dan 4:34, Dan 4:35; Mat 6:13; Ti1 1:17, Ti1 6:15, Ti1 6:16; Jde 1:25; Rev 4:10, Rev 4:11; Rev 5:12, Rev 7:9-12, Rev 19:1
the victory: Sa1 15:29; Psa 98:1
majesty: Job 37:22; Psa 29:4, Psa 45:3, Psa 45:4, Psa 104:1; Isa 2:10; Heb 1:3
all that: Gen 1:1, Gen 14:19, Gen 14:22; Psa 115:15, Psa 115:16; Isa 42:5, Isa 66:1; Jer 10:10-12, Jer 27:5; Dan 4:32, Dan 4:34, Dan 4:35
thine is the: Psa 97:1, Psa 99:1, Psa 145:1, Psa 145:12, Psa 145:13; Dan 4:3; Rev 11:15
exalted: Neh 9:5; Psa 21:13, Psa 46:10, Psa 47:9, Psa 57:5, Psa 57:11, Psa 97:9; Isa 2:11, Isa 12:4
John Gill
Thine, O Lord, is the greatness, and the power, and the glory, and the victory, and the majesty,.... That is, either God is possessed of all greatness and immensity, of dignity of nature, and of all perfections; of almighty power, of excellent glory, of superiority to all beings and of honour, and majesty, and all that grandeur, might, and honour in men, and victory over others; the majestic appearance they make, and exaltation above others they have, are all of God:
for all that is in the heaven and in the earth is thine; they are both made by him, and all that is in them, and therefore he has the sole right unto them:
thine is the kingdom, O Lord; of nature and Providence; he has the sole dominion over all creatures, and the sovereign disposal of all things:
and thou art exalted as head above all; men on earth, and angels in heaven.
29:1229:12: ՚ի քէ՛ն է մեծութիւն եւ փառք. դո՛ւ ես ամենեցուն իշխան եւ Տէ՛ր. եւ իշխան ամենայն իշխանութեանց. ՚ի ձեռին քում է՛ զօրութիւն եւ հարստութիւն. եւ ՚ի ձեռին քում ամենակա՛լ մեծութիւն, զօրացուցանել զամենայն[4444]։ [4444] Այլք. Ամենեցուն իշխան Տէր. եւ իշ՛՛։
12 Բոլոր թագաւորներն ու ազգերը դողում են քո առջեւ, քեզանից է բխում մեծութիւնն ու փառքը, դու ես ամենքի իշխանը, Տէ՛ր, եւ ամէն իշխանութիւնների Տէ՛րը, քո ձեռքում են զօրութիւնն ու ուժը, քո ձեռքում է բոլորին հզօր դարձնելու ամենակալ կարողութիւնը:
12 Եւ հարստութիւնն ու փառքը քեզմէ են ու ամենուն իշխանը դուն ես եւ զօրութիւնն ու կարողութիւնը քու ձեռքիդ մէջ են եւ մէկը մեծցնելն ու ուժովցնելը քու ձեռքդ է։
Ի քէն է մեծութիւն եւ փառք. դու ես ամենեցուն իշխան, [468]Տէր, եւ իշխան ամենայն իշխանութեանց.`` ի ձեռին քում է զօրութիւն եւ հարստութիւն, եւ ի ձեռին քում ամենակալ մեծութիւն` զօրացուցանել զամենայն:

29:12: ՚ի քէ՛ն է մեծութիւն եւ փառք. դո՛ւ ես ամենեցուն իշխան եւ Տէ՛ր. եւ իշխան ամենայն իշխանութեանց. ՚ի ձեռին քում է՛ զօրութիւն եւ հարստութիւն. եւ ՚ի ձեռին քում ամենակա՛լ մեծութիւն, զօրացուցանել զամենայն[4444]։
[4444] Այլք. Ամենեցուն իշխան Տէր. եւ իշ՛՛։
12 Բոլոր թագաւորներն ու ազգերը դողում են քո առջեւ, քեզանից է բխում մեծութիւնն ու փառքը, դու ես ամենքի իշխանը, Տէ՛ր, եւ ամէն իշխանութիւնների Տէ՛րը, քո ձեռքում են զօրութիւնն ու ուժը, քո ձեռքում է բոլորին հզօր դարձնելու ամենակալ կարողութիւնը:
12 Եւ հարստութիւնն ու փառքը քեզմէ են ու ամենուն իշխանը դուն ես եւ զօրութիւնն ու կարողութիւնը քու ձեռքիդ մէջ են եւ մէկը մեծցնելն ու ուժովցնելը քու ձեռքդ է։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
29:1229:12 И богатство и слава от лица Твоего, и Ты владычествуешь над всем, и в руке Твоей сила и могущество, и во власти Твоей возвеличить и укрепить все.
29:12 παρὰ παρα from; by σοῦ σου of you; your ὁ ο the πλοῦτος πλουτος wealth; richness καὶ και and; even ἡ ο the δόξα δοξα glory σὺ συ you πάντων πας all; every ἄρχεις αρχω rule; begin κύριε κυριος lord; master ὁ ο the ἄρχων αρχων ruling; ruler πάσης πας all; every ἀρχῆς αρχη origin; beginning καὶ και and; even ἐν εν in χειρί χειρ hand σου σου of you; your ἰσχὺς ισχυς force καὶ και and; even δυναστεία δυναστεια and; even ἐν εν in χειρί χειρ hand σου σου of you; your παντοκράτωρ παντοκρατωρ almighty μεγαλῦναι μεγαλυνω enlarge; magnify καὶ και and; even κατισχῦσαι κατισχυω force down; prevail τὰ ο the πάντα πας all; every
29:12 וְ wᵊ וְ and הָ hā הַ the עֹ֤שֶׁר ʕˈōšer עֹשֶׁר riches וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the כָּבֹוד֙ kkāvôḏ כָּבֹוד weight מִ mi מִן from לְּ llᵊ לְ to פָנֶ֔יךָ fānˈeʸḵā פָּנֶה face וְ wᵊ וְ and אַתָּה֙ ʔattˌā אַתָּה you מֹושֵׁ֣ל môšˈēl משׁל rule בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the כֹּ֔ל kkˈōl כֹּל whole וּ û וְ and בְ vᵊ בְּ in יָדְךָ֖ yāḏᵊḵˌā יָד hand כֹּ֣חַ kˈōₐḥ כֹּחַ strength וּ û וְ and גְבוּרָ֑ה ḡᵊvûrˈā גְּבוּרָה strength וּ û וְ and בְ vᵊ בְּ in יָ֣דְךָ֔ yˈāḏᵊḵˈā יָד hand לְ lᵊ לְ to גַדֵּ֥ל ḡaddˌēl גדל be strong וּ û וְ and לְ lᵊ לְ to חַזֵּ֖ק ḥazzˌēq חזק be strong לַ la לְ to † הַ the כֹּֽל׃ kkˈōl כֹּל whole
29:12. tuae divitiae et tua est gloria tu dominaris omnium in manu tua virtus et potentia in manu tua magnitudo et imperium omniumThine are riches, and thine is glory, thou hast dominion over all, in thy hand is power and might: in thy hand greatness, and the empire of all things.
12. Both riches and honour come of thee, and thou rulest over all; and in thine hand is power and might; and in thine hand it is to make great, and to give strength unto all.
29:12. Yours is wealth, and yours is glory. You have dominion over all things. In your hand is virtue and power. In your hand is greatness and authority over all things.
29:12. Both riches and honour [come] of thee, and thou reignest over all; and in thine hand [is] power and might; and in thine hand [it is] to make great, and to give strength unto all.
Both riches and honour [come] of thee, and thou reignest over all; and in thine hand [is] power and might; and in thine hand [it is] to make great, and to give strength unto all:

29:12 И богатство и слава от лица Твоего, и Ты владычествуешь над всем, и в руке Твоей сила и могущество, и во власти Твоей возвеличить и укрепить все.
29:12
παρὰ παρα from; by
σοῦ σου of you; your
ο the
πλοῦτος πλουτος wealth; richness
καὶ και and; even
ο the
δόξα δοξα glory
σὺ συ you
πάντων πας all; every
ἄρχεις αρχω rule; begin
κύριε κυριος lord; master
ο the
ἄρχων αρχων ruling; ruler
πάσης πας all; every
ἀρχῆς αρχη origin; beginning
καὶ και and; even
ἐν εν in
χειρί χειρ hand
σου σου of you; your
ἰσχὺς ισχυς force
καὶ και and; even
δυναστεία δυναστεια and; even
ἐν εν in
χειρί χειρ hand
σου σου of you; your
παντοκράτωρ παντοκρατωρ almighty
μεγαλῦναι μεγαλυνω enlarge; magnify
καὶ και and; even
κατισχῦσαι κατισχυω force down; prevail
τὰ ο the
πάντα πας all; every
29:12
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָ הַ the
עֹ֤שֶׁר ʕˈōšer עֹשֶׁר riches
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
כָּבֹוד֙ kkāvôḏ כָּבֹוד weight
מִ mi מִן from
לְּ llᵊ לְ to
פָנֶ֔יךָ fānˈeʸḵā פָּנֶה face
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אַתָּה֙ ʔattˌā אַתָּה you
מֹושֵׁ֣ל môšˈēl משׁל rule
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
כֹּ֔ל kkˈōl כֹּל whole
וּ û וְ and
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
יָדְךָ֖ yāḏᵊḵˌā יָד hand
כֹּ֣חַ kˈōₐḥ כֹּחַ strength
וּ û וְ and
גְבוּרָ֑ה ḡᵊvûrˈā גְּבוּרָה strength
וּ û וְ and
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
יָ֣דְךָ֔ yˈāḏᵊḵˈā יָד hand
לְ lᵊ לְ to
גַדֵּ֥ל ḡaddˌēl גדל be strong
וּ û וְ and
לְ lᵊ לְ to
חַזֵּ֖ק ḥazzˌēq חזק be strong
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
כֹּֽל׃ kkˈōl כֹּל whole
29:12. tuae divitiae et tua est gloria tu dominaris omnium in manu tua virtus et potentia in manu tua magnitudo et imperium omnium
Thine are riches, and thine is glory, thou hast dominion over all, in thy hand is power and might: in thy hand greatness, and the empire of all things.
29:12. Yours is wealth, and yours is glory. You have dominion over all things. In your hand is virtue and power. In your hand is greatness and authority over all things.
29:12. Both riches and honour [come] of thee, and thou reignest over all; and in thine hand [is] power and might; and in thine hand [it is] to make great, and to give strength unto all.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
29:12: riches: Deu 8:18; Sa1 2:7, Sa1 2:8; Job 42:10; Psa 75:6, Psa 75:7, Psa 113:7, Psa 113:8; Pro 8:18, Pro 10:22; Ecc 5:19; Luk 1:51-53; Rom 11:35, Rom 11:36
reignest over all: Dan 6:26
power: Job 9:19; Psa 62:11; Isa 43:13, Isa 46:10; Dan 5:18-21; Mat 28:18; Joh 19:11; Eph 3:20; Rev 11:17
give strength: Ch2 16:9; Psa 18:31, Psa 18:32, Psa 28:8, Psa 29:1, Psa 29:11, Psa 68:34, Psa 68:35, Psa 144:1, Psa 144:2; Isa 40:29; Isa 45:24; Eph 3:16; Phi 4:13; Col 1:11
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

"From Thee came the riches and the glory ..., and in Thy hand is it (it lies) to make all things great and strong."
John Gill
Both riches and honour come of thee,.... Whatever of either the children of men have is not owing to their merits, nor to their diligence and industry, and wise conduct, but to the providence of God, Eccles 9:11 so the gods with the Heathens are said (o) to be givers of riches:
and thou reignest over all; govern the world by wisdom, and dispose all things in it for the best:
in thine hand is power and might; to do whatsoever he pleaseth:
and in thine hand it is to make great; in worldly things, and so in spiritual:
and to give strength unto all; against their enemies, and to do the will and work of God; of all which David had had an experience.
(o) Hesiod. Opera, ver. 124. see ver. 316.
29:1329:13: Եւ արդ Տէր՝ գոհանա՛մք զքէն, եւ օրհնեմք զանուն պարծանացդ քոց։
13 Արդ, Տէ՜ր, փառաբանում ենք քեզ եւ օրհներգում քո փառաւոր անունը:
13 Եւ հիմա, ո՛վ մեր Աստուածը, քեզի գոհութիւն կու տանք ու քու փառաւորեալ անունդ կ’օրհնենք։
Եւ արդ, [469]Տէր, գոհանամք զքէն, եւ օրհնեմք զանուն պարծանացդ քոց:

29:13: Եւ արդ Տէր՝ գոհանա՛մք զքէն, եւ օրհնեմք զանուն պարծանացդ քոց։
13 Արդ, Տէ՜ր, փառաբանում ենք քեզ եւ օրհներգում քո փառաւոր անունը:
13 Եւ հիմա, ո՛վ մեր Աստուածը, քեզի գոհութիւն կու տանք ու քու փառաւորեալ անունդ կ’օրհնենք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
29:1329:13 И ныне, Боже наш, мы славословим Тебя и хвалим величественное имя Твое.
29:13 καὶ και and; even νῦν νυν now; present κύριε κυριος lord; master ἐξομολογούμεθά εξομολογεω concede; confess σοι σοι you καὶ και and; even αἰνοῦμεν αινεω sing praise τὸ ο the ὄνομα ονομα name; notable τῆς ο the καυχήσεώς καυχησις boasting σου σου of you; your
29:13 וְ wᵊ וְ and עַתָּ֣ה ʕattˈā עַתָּה now אֱלֹהֵ֔ינוּ ʔᵉlōhˈênû אֱלֹהִים god(s) מֹודִ֥ים môḏˌîm ידה praise אֲנַ֖חְנוּ ʔᵃnˌaḥnû אֲנַחְנוּ we לָ֑ךְ lˈāḵ לְ to וּֽ ˈû וְ and מְהַֽלְלִ֖ים mᵊhˈallˌîm הלל praise לְ lᵊ לְ to שֵׁ֥ם šˌēm שֵׁם name תִּפְאַרְתֶּֽךָ׃ tifʔartˈeḵā תִּפְאֶרֶת splendour
29:13. nunc igitur Deus noster confitemur tibi et laudamus nomen tuum inclitumNow therefore our God we give thanks to thee, and we praise thy glorious name.
13. Now therefore, our God, we thank thee, and praise thy glorious name.
29:13. Now therefore, we confess to you, our God, and we praise your famous name.
29:13. Now therefore, our God, we thank thee, and praise thy glorious name.
Now therefore, our God, we thank thee, and praise thy glorious name:

29:13 И ныне, Боже наш, мы славословим Тебя и хвалим величественное имя Твое.
29:13
καὶ και and; even
νῦν νυν now; present
κύριε κυριος lord; master
ἐξομολογούμεθά εξομολογεω concede; confess
σοι σοι you
καὶ και and; even
αἰνοῦμεν αινεω sing praise
τὸ ο the
ὄνομα ονομα name; notable
τῆς ο the
καυχήσεώς καυχησις boasting
σου σου of you; your
29:13
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַתָּ֣ה ʕattˈā עַתָּה now
אֱלֹהֵ֔ינוּ ʔᵉlōhˈênû אֱלֹהִים god(s)
מֹודִ֥ים môḏˌîm ידה praise
אֲנַ֖חְנוּ ʔᵃnˌaḥnû אֲנַחְנוּ we
לָ֑ךְ lˈāḵ לְ to
וּֽ ˈû וְ and
מְהַֽלְלִ֖ים mᵊhˈallˌîm הלל praise
לְ lᵊ לְ to
שֵׁ֥ם šˌēm שֵׁם name
תִּפְאַרְתֶּֽךָ׃ tifʔartˈeḵā תִּפְאֶרֶת splendour
29:13. nunc igitur Deus noster confitemur tibi et laudamus nomen tuum inclitum
Now therefore our God we give thanks to thee, and we praise thy glorious name.
29:13. Now therefore, we confess to you, our God, and we praise your famous name.
29:13. Now therefore, our God, we thank thee, and praise thy glorious name.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
29:13: we thank: Psa 105:1, Psa 106:1; Dan 2:23; Co2 2:14, Co2 8:16, Co2 9:15; Th1 2:13
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

For this we must thank God, and sing praise to His holy name. By the partic. מודים, from הודה, confess, praise, the praising of God is characterized as an enduring praise, always rising anew.
John Gill
Now therefore, our God, we thank thee, and praise thy glorious name. That he that was so great, and so much above them, should take notice of them, and bestow so many great and good things on them.
29:1429:14: Ո՛ եմ ես՝ եւ ո՛ է ժողովուրդ քո. զի կարասցուք յօժարամիտ լինել քեզ յայսմ ամենայնի. վասն զի քո՛ է ամենայն ինչ՝ եւ ՚ի քոյոցդ տուաք քեզ[4445]. [4445] Այլք. Զի կարացաք յօժարամիտ։ Ոմանք. Եւ ՚ի քոյոցդ տուաւ քեզ։
14 Ո՞վ եմ ես, եւ ո՞վ է քո ժողովուրդը, որ կարողանայինք յօժարամիտ լինել քեզ համար անելու այս բոլորը: Չէ՞ որ քոնն է ամէն ինչ, եւ քեզնից ստացածն է, որ տալիս ենք քեզ:
14 Բայց ես ո՞վ եմ ու իմ ժողովուրդս ո՞վ է, որ այսպէս կամաւոր ընծայ տալու կարող ըլլանք, քանզի ամէն բան քեզմէ է ու քուկիններէդ* քեզի տուինք։
Ո՞ եմ ես, եւ ո՞ է ժողովուրդ [470]քո, զի կարացաք յօժարամիտ լինել քեզ յայսմ ամենայնի. վասն զի քո է ամենայն ինչ, եւ ի քոյոցդ տուաք քեզ:

29:14: Ո՛ եմ ես՝ եւ ո՛ է ժողովուրդ քո. զի կարասցուք յօժարամիտ լինել քեզ յայսմ ամենայնի. վասն զի քո՛ է ամենայն ինչ՝ եւ ՚ի քոյոցդ տուաք քեզ[4445].
[4445] Այլք. Զի կարացաք յօժարամիտ։ Ոմանք. Եւ ՚ի քոյոցդ տուաւ քեզ։
14 Ո՞վ եմ ես, եւ ո՞վ է քո ժողովուրդը, որ կարողանայինք յօժարամիտ լինել քեզ համար անելու այս բոլորը: Չէ՞ որ քոնն է ամէն ինչ, եւ քեզնից ստացածն է, որ տալիս ենք քեզ:
14 Բայց ես ո՞վ եմ ու իմ ժողովուրդս ո՞վ է, որ այսպէս կամաւոր ընծայ տալու կարող ըլլանք, քանզի ամէն բան քեզմէ է ու քուկիններէդ* քեզի տուինք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
29:1429:14 Ибо кто я и кто народ мой, что мы имели возможность так жертвовать? Но от Тебя все, и от руки Твоей {полученное} мы отдали Тебе,
29:14 καὶ και and; even τίς τις.1 who?; what? εἰμι ειμι be ἐγὼ εγω I καὶ και and; even τίς τις.1 who?; what? ὁ ο the λαός λαος populace; population μου μου of me; mine ὅτι οτι since; that ἰσχύσαμεν ισχυω have means; have force προθυμηθῆναί προθυμεομαι you κατὰ κατα down; by ταῦτα ουτος this; he ὅτι οτι since; that σὰ σος your τὰ ο the πάντα πας all; every καὶ και and; even ἐκ εκ from; out of τῶν ο the σῶν σος your δεδώκαμέν διδωμι give; deposit σοι σοι you
29:14 וְ wᵊ וְ and כִ֨י ḵˌî כִּי that מִ֤י mˈî מִי who אֲנִי֙ ʔᵃnˌî אֲנִי i וּ û וְ and מִ֣י mˈî מִי who עַמִּ֔י ʕammˈî עַם people כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that נַעְצֹ֣ר naʕṣˈōr עצר restrain כֹּ֔חַ kˈōₐḥ כֹּחַ strength לְ lᵊ לְ to הִתְנַדֵּ֖ב hiṯnaddˌēv נדב incite כָּ kā כְּ as זֹ֑את zˈōṯ זֹאת this כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that מִמְּךָ֣ mimmᵊḵˈā מִן from הַ ha הַ the כֹּ֔ל kkˈōl כֹּל whole וּ û וְ and מִ mi מִן from יָּדְךָ֖ yyāḏᵊḵˌā יָד hand נָתַ֥נּוּ nāṯˌannû נתן give לָֽךְ׃ lˈāḵ לְ to
29:14. quis ego et quis populus meus ut possimus haec tibi universa promittere tua sunt omnia et quae de manu tua accepimus dedimus tibiWho am I, and what is my people, that we should be able to promise thee all these things? all things are thine: and we have given thee what we received of thy hand.
14. But who am I, and what is my people, that we should be able to offer so willingly after this sort? for all things come of thee, and of thine own have we given thee.
29:14. Who am I, and what is my people, that we should be able to promise all these things to you? All is yours. And so the things that we received from your hand, we have given to you.
29:14. But who [am] I, and what [is] my people, that we should be able to offer so willingly after this sort? for all things [come] of thee, and of thine own have we given thee.
But who [am] I, and what [is] my people, that we should be able to offer so willingly after this sort? for all things [come] of thee, and of thine own have we given thee:

29:14 Ибо кто я и кто народ мой, что мы имели возможность так жертвовать? Но от Тебя все, и от руки Твоей {полученное} мы отдали Тебе,
29:14
καὶ και and; even
τίς τις.1 who?; what?
εἰμι ειμι be
ἐγὼ εγω I
καὶ και and; even
τίς τις.1 who?; what?
ο the
λαός λαος populace; population
μου μου of me; mine
ὅτι οτι since; that
ἰσχύσαμεν ισχυω have means; have force
προθυμηθῆναί προθυμεομαι you
κατὰ κατα down; by
ταῦτα ουτος this; he
ὅτι οτι since; that
σὰ σος your
τὰ ο the
πάντα πας all; every
καὶ και and; even
ἐκ εκ from; out of
τῶν ο the
σῶν σος your
δεδώκαμέν διδωμι give; deposit
σοι σοι you
29:14
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כִ֨י ḵˌî כִּי that
מִ֤י mˈî מִי who
אֲנִי֙ ʔᵃnˌî אֲנִי i
וּ û וְ and
מִ֣י mˈî מִי who
עַמִּ֔י ʕammˈî עַם people
כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that
נַעְצֹ֣ר naʕṣˈōr עצר restrain
כֹּ֔חַ kˈōₐḥ כֹּחַ strength
לְ lᵊ לְ to
הִתְנַדֵּ֖ב hiṯnaddˌēv נדב incite
כָּ כְּ as
זֹ֑את zˈōṯ זֹאת this
כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that
מִמְּךָ֣ mimmᵊḵˈā מִן from
הַ ha הַ the
כֹּ֔ל kkˈōl כֹּל whole
וּ û וְ and
מִ mi מִן from
יָּדְךָ֖ yyāḏᵊḵˌā יָד hand
נָתַ֥נּוּ nāṯˌannû נתן give
לָֽךְ׃ lˈāḵ לְ to
29:14. quis ego et quis populus meus ut possimus haec tibi universa promittere tua sunt omnia et quae de manu tua accepimus dedimus tibi
Who am I, and what is my people, that we should be able to promise thee all these things? all things are thine: and we have given thee what we received of thy hand.
29:14. Who am I, and what is my people, that we should be able to promise all these things to you? All is yours. And so the things that we received from your hand, we have given to you.
29:14. But who [am] I, and what [is] my people, that we should be able to offer so willingly after this sort? for all things [come] of thee, and of thine own have we given thee.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
29:14: Of thine own have we given thee - "For from thy presence all good comes, and of the blessings of thy hands have we given thee." - Targum.
1 Chronicles 29:15
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
29:14: who am I: Gen 32:10; Sa2 7:18; Dan 4:30; Co1 15:9, Co1 15:10; Co2 3:5, Co2 12:9-11
that we should: Psa 115:1; Rev 4:10
be able: Heb. retain, or obtain strength
willingly: Ch1 29:9; Phi 2:13; Jam 1:17
all things: Gen 28:22; Psa 50:10-12; Rom 11:36; Co1 16:2
of thine own: Heb. of thine hand
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

For man of himself can give nothing: "What am I, and what is my people, that we should be able to show ourselves so liberal?" כּוח עצר כּוח, to hold strength together; both to have power to do anything (here and 2Chron 2:5; 2Chron 22:9), and also to retain strength (2Chron 13:20; Dan 10:8, Dan 10:16; Dan 11:6), only found in Daniel and in the Chronicle. התנדּב, to show oneself willing, especially in giving. כּזאת refers to the contribution to the building of the temple (1Chron 29:3-8). From Thy hand, i.e., that which is received from Thee, have we given.
Geneva 1599
But who [am] I, and what [is] my people, that we should be able to offer so willingly after this sort? for all things (h) [come] of thee, and of thine own have we given thee.
(h) We gave you nothing of our own, but that which we have received from you: for whether the gifts are corporal or spiritual, we receive them all from God, and therefore must give him the glory.
John Gill
But who am I,.... Originally dust and ashes, a sinful creature, unworthy to receive anything from God, and of having the honour of doing anything for him:
and what is my people: subject to him, the least of all people, separated from the nations round about them, and despised by them:
that we should be able to offer so willingly after this sort? that they, who were a poor people, some years ago brought out of Egyptian bondage, should now be possessed of such an affluence, and have such a generous heart and liberal spirit given them, as to contribute in so large and liberal a manner as they had done; all was owing to the goodness of God to them, and the efficacy of his grace upon them:
for all things come of thee; all good things, temporal and spiritual; the Lord is the fountain of goodness, and Father of mercies:
and of thine own have we given thee; for there is nothing a man has but he has received from the Lord, and therefore can give nothing to him but his own, see Rom 11:35.
John Wesley
To offer - That thou shouldest give us both riches to make such an offering, and a willing heart to offer them, both which are the gifts and the fruits of thy good grace and mercy to us. Of thine - We return only what we have received, and therefore only pay a debt to thee. The more we do for God, the more we are indebted to him; for the honour of being employed in his service, and for grace enabling us in any measure to serve him.
29:1529:15: քանզի պանդո՛ւխտք եմք մեք առաջի քո եւ նժդեհք՝ որպէս ամենայն հարք մեր. իբրեւ զստուե՛ր են աւուրք մեր ՚ի վերայ երկրի, եւ ո՛չ գոն մեր մնացուածք ինչ։
15 Մենք պանդուխտ ենք քո առջեւ եւ օտարական, ինչպէս մեր բոլոր հայրերը: Մեր օրերը երկրի վրայ ստուերի են նման, եւ մենք մնայուն ոչ մի բան չունենք:
15 Վասն զի մենք քու առջեւդ մեր բոլոր հայրերուն պէս օտարականներ ու պանդուխտներ ենք. երկրի վրայ մեր օրերը շուքի պէս են ու մնայուն բան* մը չկայ։
Քանզի պանդուխտք եմք մեք առաջի քո եւ նժդեհք` որպէս ամենայն հարք մեր. իբրեւ զստուեր են աւուրք մեր ի վերայ երկրի, եւ ոչ գոն մեր մնացուածք ինչ:

29:15: քանզի պանդո՛ւխտք եմք մեք առաջի քո եւ նժդեհք՝ որպէս ամենայն հարք մեր. իբրեւ զստուե՛ր են աւուրք մեր ՚ի վերայ երկրի, եւ ո՛չ գոն մեր մնացուածք ինչ։
15 Մենք պանդուխտ ենք քո առջեւ եւ օտարական, ինչպէս մեր բոլոր հայրերը: Մեր օրերը երկրի վրայ ստուերի են նման, եւ մենք մնայուն ոչ մի բան չունենք:
15 Վասն զի մենք քու առջեւդ մեր բոլոր հայրերուն պէս օտարականներ ու պանդուխտներ ենք. երկրի վրայ մեր օրերը շուքի պէս են ու մնայուն բան* մը չկայ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
29:1529:15 потому что странники мы пред Тобою и пришельцы, как и все отцы наши, как тень дни наши на земле, и нет ничего прочного.
29:15 ὅτι οτι since; that πάροικοί παροικος resident; foreigner ἐσμεν ειμι be ἐναντίον εναντιον next to; before σου σου of you; your καὶ και and; even παροικοῦντες παροικεω reside ὡς ως.1 as; how πάντες πας all; every οἱ ο the πατέρες πατηρ father ἡμῶν ημων our ὡς ως.1 as; how σκιὰ σκια shadow; shade αἱ ο the ἡμέραι ημερα day ἡμῶν ημων our ἐπὶ επι in; on γῆς γη earth; land καὶ και and; even οὐκ ου not ἔστιν ειμι be ὑπομονή υπομονη endurance
29:15 כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that גֵרִ֨ים ḡērˌîm גֵּר sojourner אֲנַ֧חְנוּ ʔᵃnˈaḥnû אֲנַחְנוּ we לְ lᵊ לְ to פָנֶ֛יךָ fānˈeʸḵā פָּנֶה face וְ wᵊ וְ and תֹושָׁבִ֖ים ṯôšāvˌîm תֹּושָׁב sojourner כְּ kᵊ כְּ as כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole אֲבֹתֵ֑ינוּ ʔᵃvōṯˈênû אָב father כַּ ka כְּ as † הַ the צֵּ֧ל׀ ṣṣˈēl צֵל shadow יָמֵ֛ינוּ yāmˈênû יֹום day עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הָ hā הַ the אָ֖רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth וְ wᵊ וְ and אֵ֥ין ʔˌên אַיִן [NEG] מִקְוֶֽה׃ miqwˈeh מִקְוֶה hope
29:15. peregrini enim sumus coram te et advenae sicut omnes patres nostri dies nostri quasi umbra super terram et nulla est moraFor we are sojourners before thee, and strangers, as were all our fathers. I Our days upon earth are as a shadow, and there is no stay.
15. For we are strangers before thee, and sojourners, as all our fathers were: our days on the earth are as a shadow, and there is no abiding.
29:15. For we are sojourners and new arrivals before you, as all our fathers were. Our days upon the earth are like a shadow, and there is no delay.
29:15. For we [are] strangers before thee, and sojourners, as [were] all our fathers: our days on the earth [are] as a shadow, and [there is] none abiding.
For we [are] strangers before thee, and sojourners, as [were] all our fathers: our days on the earth [are] as a shadow, and [there is] none abiding:

29:15 потому что странники мы пред Тобою и пришельцы, как и все отцы наши, как тень дни наши на земле, и нет ничего прочного.
29:15
ὅτι οτι since; that
πάροικοί παροικος resident; foreigner
ἐσμεν ειμι be
ἐναντίον εναντιον next to; before
σου σου of you; your
καὶ και and; even
παροικοῦντες παροικεω reside
ὡς ως.1 as; how
πάντες πας all; every
οἱ ο the
πατέρες πατηρ father
ἡμῶν ημων our
ὡς ως.1 as; how
σκιὰ σκια shadow; shade
αἱ ο the
ἡμέραι ημερα day
ἡμῶν ημων our
ἐπὶ επι in; on
γῆς γη earth; land
καὶ και and; even
οὐκ ου not
ἔστιν ειμι be
ὑπομονή υπομονη endurance
29:15
כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that
גֵרִ֨ים ḡērˌîm גֵּר sojourner
אֲנַ֧חְנוּ ʔᵃnˈaḥnû אֲנַחְנוּ we
לְ lᵊ לְ to
פָנֶ֛יךָ fānˈeʸḵā פָּנֶה face
וְ wᵊ וְ and
תֹושָׁבִ֖ים ṯôšāvˌîm תֹּושָׁב sojourner
כְּ kᵊ כְּ as
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
אֲבֹתֵ֑ינוּ ʔᵃvōṯˈênû אָב father
כַּ ka כְּ as
הַ the
צֵּ֧ל׀ ṣṣˈēl צֵל shadow
יָמֵ֛ינוּ yāmˈênû יֹום day
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הָ הַ the
אָ֖רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֵ֥ין ʔˌên אַיִן [NEG]
מִקְוֶֽה׃ miqwˈeh מִקְוֶה hope
29:15. peregrini enim sumus coram te et advenae sicut omnes patres nostri dies nostri quasi umbra super terram et nulla est mora
For we are sojourners before thee, and strangers, as were all our fathers. I Our days upon earth are as a shadow, and there is no stay.
29:15. For we are sojourners and new arrivals before you, as all our fathers were. Our days upon the earth are like a shadow, and there is no delay.
29:15. For we [are] strangers before thee, and sojourners, as [were] all our fathers: our days on the earth [are] as a shadow, and [there is] none abiding.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
29:15: For we are strangers - We have here neither right nor property.
And sojourners - Lodging as it were for a night, in the mansion of another.
As were all our fathers - These were, as we are supported by thy bounty, and tenants at will to thee.
Our days on the earth are as a shadow - They are continually declining, fading, and passing away. This is the place of our sojourning, and here we have no substantial, permanent residence.
There is none abiding - However we may wish to settle and remain in this state of things, it is impossible, because every earthly form is passing swiftly away, all is in a state of revolution and decay, and there is no abiding, מקוה mikveh, no expectation, that we shall be exempt from those changes and chances to which our fathers were subjected. "As the shadow of a bird flying in the air [אויר avir] of heaven, such are our days upon the earth; nor is there any hope to any son of man that he shall live for ever." - Targum.
1 Chronicles 29:18
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
29:15: For we: Gen 47:9; Psa 39:12, Psa 119:19; Heb 11:13-16; Pe1 2:11
our days: Job 14:2; Psa 90:9, Psa 102:11, Psa 144:4; Ecc 6:12; Isa 40:6-8; Jam 4:14
abiding: Heb. expectation
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

For we are strangers (as Ps 39:13), i.e., in this connection we have no property, no enduring possession, since God had only given them the usufruct of the land; and as of the land, so also of all the property of man, it is only a gift committed to us by God in usufruct. The truth that our life is a pilgrimage (Heb 11:12-14), is presented to us by the brevity of life. As a shadow, so swiftly passing away, are our days upon the earth (cf. Job 8:9; Ps 90:9., Ps 102:12; Ps 144:4). מקוה ואין, and there is no trust, scil. in the continuance of life (cf. Jer 14:8).
Geneva 1599
For we [are] (i) strangers before thee, and sojourners, as [were] all our fathers: our days on the earth [are] as a shadow, and [there is] none abiding.
(i) Therefore we have this land loaned to us for a time.
John Gill
For we are strangers before thee, and sojourners, as were all our fathers,.... For though they were in possession of the land of Canaan, yet they held it not in their own right, but as the Lord's:
who said, the land is mine, Lev 25:23, they were but tenants in it, and were not to abide long here; they belonged to another city and country; the consideration of which might tend to set them loose to worldly things, and the more easily to part with them for the service of God, and the honour of his name:
our days on the earth are as a shadow; man's life is expressed by days, not months and years, being so short; and by days on earth, in distinction from the days of heaven, or eternity; and these said to be as a shadow, of a short continuance, empty, mutable, and uncertain, dark and obscure, quickly gone, like the shadow of the sun; and not only like that, or of a mountain, tree or wall; but, as the Targum, of a bird that is flying, which passes away at once:
and there is none abiding; not long, much less always, being but sojourners as before; so Cato in Cicero (p) is represented as saying,"I depart out of this life as from an inn, and not an house; for nature has given us an inn to sojourn, not a place to dwell in:''or "there is no hope or expectation" (q); of living long, of recalling time, and of avoiding death.
(p) De Senectute, c. 23. (q) "non est expectatio sive spes", Pagninus, Montanus, Vatablus, Michaelis.
John Wesley
Strangers - For the land which we possess is thine, not ours; we are not the proprietors but only thy tenants: and as our fathers once were mere strangers in it, even before men, so we at this day are no better before thee, having no absolute right in it, but only to travel through it, and sojourn in it for the short time that we live in the world. None abiding - We only give thee what we must shortly leave, and what we cannot keep to ourselves: and therefore it is a great favour that thou wilt accept such offerings. David's days had as much of substance in them as most men: for he was upon the whole a good man, an useful man, and now an old man. And yet he puts himself in the front of those who must acknowledge, that their days on the earth are as a shadow: which speaks of our life as a vain life, a dark life, a transient life, and a life that will have its period, either in perfect light or perfect darkness.
29:1629:16: Տէր Աստուած մեր՝ ամենայն բազմութիւնս այս, զոր պատրաստեցի շինել զտուն անուան սրբութեան քոյ, է՛ ՚ի ձեռանէ քումմէ, եւ քո՛ է ամենայն ինչ։
16 Մեր Տէ՜ր Աստուած, այս ամէնը, որ ես պատրաստել եմ քո սուրբ անուան տունը կառուցելու համար, քեզնից է գալիս, եւ ամէն ինչ քոնն է:
16 Ո՛վ Տէր, Աստուած մեր, քեզի՝ քու սուրբ անուանդ շինուելու տանը համար այս մեր պատրաստած բաներուն բոլոր առատութիւնը քու ձեռքէդ է ու ամէնքն ալ քուկդ են
Տէր Աստուած մեր, ամենայն բազմութիւնս այս զոր պատրաստեցի շինել զտուն անուան սրբութեան քո, է ի ձեռանէ քումմէ, եւ քո է ամենայն ինչ:

29:16: Տէր Աստուած մեր՝ ամենայն բազմութիւնս այս, զոր պատրաստեցի շինել զտուն անուան սրբութեան քոյ, է՛ ՚ի ձեռանէ քումմէ, եւ քո՛ է ամենայն ինչ։
16 Մեր Տէ՜ր Աստուած, այս ամէնը, որ ես պատրաստել եմ քո սուրբ անուան տունը կառուցելու համար, քեզնից է գալիս, եւ ամէն ինչ քոնն է:
16 Ո՛վ Տէր, Աստուած մեր, քեզի՝ քու սուրբ անուանդ շինուելու տանը համար այս մեր պատրաստած բաներուն բոլոր առատութիւնը քու ձեռքէդ է ու ամէնքն ալ քուկդ են
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
29:1629:16 Господи Боже наш! все это множество, которое приготовили мы для построения дома Тебе, святому имени Твоему, от руки Твоей оно, и все Твое.
29:16 κύριε κυριος lord; master ὁ ο the θεὸς θεος God ἡμῶν ημων our πᾶν πας all; every τὸ ο the πλῆθος πληθος multitude; quantity τοῦτο ουτος this; he ὃ ος who; what ἡτοίμακα ετοιμαζω prepare οἰκοδομηθῆναι οικοδομεω build οἶκον οικος home; household τῷ ο the ὀνόματι ονομα name; notable τῷ ο the ἁγίῳ αγιος holy σου σου of you; your ἐκ εκ from; out of χειρός χειρ hand σού σου of you; your ἐστιν ειμι be καὶ και and; even σοὶ σοι you τὰ ο the πάντα πας all; every
29:16 יְהוָ֣ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֵ֔ינוּ ʔᵉlōhˈênû אֱלֹהִים god(s) כֹ֣ל ḵˈōl כֹּל whole הֶ he הַ the הָמֹ֤ון hāmˈôn הָמֹון commotion הַ ha הַ the זֶּה֙ zzˌeh זֶה this אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] הֲכִינֹ֔נוּ hᵃḵînˈōnû כון be firm לִ li לְ to בְנֹֽות־ vᵊnˈôṯ- בנה build לְךָ֥ lᵊḵˌā לְ to בַ֖יִת vˌayiṯ בַּיִת house לְ lᵊ לְ to שֵׁ֣ם šˈēm שֵׁם name קָדְשֶׁ֑ךָ qoḏšˈeḵā קֹדֶשׁ holiness מִ mi מִן from יָּדְךָ֥ yyāḏᵊḵˌā יָד hand ה֖וּאהיא *hˌû הוּא he וּ û וְ and לְךָ֥ lᵊḵˌā לְ to הַ ha הַ the כֹּֽל׃ kkˈōl כֹּל whole
29:16. Domine Deus noster omnis haec copia quam paravimus ut aedificaretur domus nomini sancto tuo de manu tua est et tua sunt omniaO Lord our God, all this store that we have prepared to build thee a house for thy holy name, is from thy hand, and all things are thine.
16. O LORD our God, all this store that we have prepared to build thee an house for thine holy name cometh of thine hand, and is all thine own.
29:16. O Lord our God, all this abundance, which we have prepared so that a house may be built to your holy name, is from your hand, and all things are yours.
29:16. O LORD our God, all this store that we have prepared to build thee an house for thine holy name [cometh] of thine hand, and [is] all thine own.
O LORD our God, all this store that we have prepared to build thee an house for thine holy name [cometh] of thine hand, and [is] all thine own:

29:16 Господи Боже наш! все это множество, которое приготовили мы для построения дома Тебе, святому имени Твоему, от руки Твоей оно, и все Твое.
29:16
κύριε κυριος lord; master
ο the
θεὸς θεος God
ἡμῶν ημων our
πᾶν πας all; every
τὸ ο the
πλῆθος πληθος multitude; quantity
τοῦτο ουτος this; he
ος who; what
ἡτοίμακα ετοιμαζω prepare
οἰκοδομηθῆναι οικοδομεω build
οἶκον οικος home; household
τῷ ο the
ὀνόματι ονομα name; notable
τῷ ο the
ἁγίῳ αγιος holy
σου σου of you; your
ἐκ εκ from; out of
χειρός χειρ hand
σού σου of you; your
ἐστιν ειμι be
καὶ και and; even
σοὶ σοι you
τὰ ο the
πάντα πας all; every
29:16
יְהוָ֣ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֵ֔ינוּ ʔᵉlōhˈênû אֱלֹהִים god(s)
כֹ֣ל ḵˈōl כֹּל whole
הֶ he הַ the
הָמֹ֤ון hāmˈôn הָמֹון commotion
הַ ha הַ the
זֶּה֙ zzˌeh זֶה this
אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
הֲכִינֹ֔נוּ hᵃḵînˈōnû כון be firm
לִ li לְ to
בְנֹֽות־ vᵊnˈôṯ- בנה build
לְךָ֥ lᵊḵˌā לְ to
בַ֖יִת vˌayiṯ בַּיִת house
לְ lᵊ לְ to
שֵׁ֣ם šˈēm שֵׁם name
קָדְשֶׁ֑ךָ qoḏšˈeḵā קֹדֶשׁ holiness
מִ mi מִן from
יָּדְךָ֥ yyāḏᵊḵˌā יָד hand
ה֖וּאהיא
*hˌû הוּא he
וּ û וְ and
לְךָ֥ lᵊḵˌā לְ to
הַ ha הַ the
כֹּֽל׃ kkˈōl כֹּל whole
29:16. Domine Deus noster omnis haec copia quam paravimus ut aedificaretur domus nomini sancto tuo de manu tua est et tua sunt omnia
O Lord our God, all this store that we have prepared to build thee a house for thy holy name, is from thy hand, and all things are thine.
29:16. O Lord our God, all this abundance, which we have prepared so that a house may be built to your holy name, is from your hand, and all things are yours.
29:16. O LORD our God, all this store that we have prepared to build thee an house for thine holy name [cometh] of thine hand, and [is] all thine own.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
29:16: all this store: Ch1 29:14; Ch2 31:10; Psa 24:1; Hos 2:8; Luk 19:16
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

All the riches which we have prepared for the building of the temple come from the hand of God. The Keth. הוּא is neuter, the Keri הוּא corresponds to ההמון.
John Gill
O Lord our God, all this store that we have prepared,.... Of gold, silver, &c. that he and his people had provided and contributed: the gold, according to Jacob Leon (r), amounted to 59,766 tons of gold, and 46,123 gilders, each ton to be reckoned at least 1000 pounds sterling; the silver, reduced to the value of gold, made 46,337 tons, and two hundred and fifty gilders; but both, according to Witsius (s), amounted to 20,585 tons of gold; and if the talents were talents of the sanctuary, and they double the common talents, as some say they were, it was as much more, and may well be expressed by
all this store, besides the brass, iron, &c.
to build thee an house for thine holy name; to perform holy and religious worship in it, for the glory of his name: cometh of
thine hand, and is all thine own: this he repeats, that God might have all the glory of all they had and did.
(r) Relation of Memorable Things in the Tabernacle and Temple, ch. 3. p. 14, 15. (s) Miscellan. tom. 2. p. 258.
John Wesley
All thine own - In like manner we ought to acknowledge God in all spiritual things: referring every good thought, good desire, and good work to his grace.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
all this store that we have prepared--It may be useful to exhibit a tabular view of the treasure laid up and contributions stated by the historian as already made towards the erection of the proposed temple. Omitting the brass and iron, and precious stones, which, though specified partly (1Chron 29:7), are represented in other portions as "without weight" (1Chron 22:3, 1Chron 22:14), we shall give in this table only the amount of gold and silver; and taking the talent of gold as worth £5475 (the talent being 125 pounds in weight), the value of the gold will be about 73s. per ounce. The talent of silver is given at £342 3s. 9d., or 4s. 41/2d. per ounce. The total amount of the contributions will be:
Sum accumulated, and in public treasury (1Chron 22:14):
Gold£547,500,000
Silver342,187,500
Contributed by David from his private resources [1Chron 29:4]:
Gold16,425,000
Silver2,395,312
Contributed by the assembled rulers [1Chron 29:7]:
Gold28,000,000
Silver3,421,875
A grand total of approximately£939,929,687
Though it has been the common practice of Eastern monarchs to hoard vast sums for the accomplishment of any contemplated project, this amount so far exceeds not only every Oriental collection on record, but even the bounds of probability, that it is very generally allowed that either there is a corruption of the text in 1Chron 22:14, or that the reckoning of the historian was by the Babylonian, which was only a half, or the Syrian, which was only a fifth part, of the Hebrew talent. This would bring the Scripture account more into accordance with the statements of JOSEPHUS, as well as within the range of credibility.
29:1729:17: Եւ ծանեայ Տէր՝ եթէ դո՛ւ ես որ քննես զսիրտս, զարդարութիւն սիրես. եւ մեք պա՛րզ սրտիւք յօժարամիտք եղեաք յայսմ յամենայնի. եւ արդ՝ զժողովուրդս քո որ գտաւ աստ, տեսի ուրախութեամբ լի՛, եղեալ առ քեզ յօժարամիտ[4446]։ [4446] Ոմանք. Յօժարամիտք եղեալք... զժողովուրդ քո։
17 Գիտեմ, Տէ՜ր, որ դու ես քննում սրտերը եւ սիրում ես արդարութիւնը: Մենք յօժար սրտով ենք այս ամէնն ընծայում, եւ ես ուրախութեամբ տեսայ, թէ այստեղ գտնուող քո ժողովուրդը կամաւոր կերպով քեզ ընծաներ մատուցեց:
17 Եւ գիտեմ, ո՛վ Աստուած իմ, որ դուն սրտերը կը փորձես եւ ուղղութիւնը կը սիրես։ Ասոնց ամէնքը ես ուղիղ սրտով ու յօժար կամքով ընծայ ըրի ու հիմա ուրախութեամբ տեսայ թէ հոս գտնուած ժողովուրդդ քեզի կամաւոր ընծայ կը մատուցանեն։
Եւ ծանեայ, Տէր, եթէ դու ես որ քննես զսիրտս, զարդարութիւն սիրես. եւ [471]մեք պարզ սրտիւք յօժարամիտք [472]եղեաք յայսմ յամենայնի. եւ արդ զժողովուրդս քո որ գտաւ աստ` տեսի ուրախութեամբ լի, եղեալ առ քեզ յօժարամիտ:

29:17: Եւ ծանեայ Տէր՝ եթէ դո՛ւ ես որ քննես զսիրտս, զարդարութիւն սիրես. եւ մեք պա՛րզ սրտիւք յօժարամիտք եղեաք յայսմ յամենայնի. եւ արդ՝ զժողովուրդս քո որ գտաւ աստ, տեսի ուրախութեամբ լի՛, եղեալ առ քեզ յօժարամիտ[4446]։
[4446] Ոմանք. Յօժարամիտք եղեալք... զժողովուրդ քո։
17 Գիտեմ, Տէ՜ր, որ դու ես քննում սրտերը եւ սիրում ես արդարութիւնը: Մենք յօժար սրտով ենք այս ամէնն ընծայում, եւ ես ուրախութեամբ տեսայ, թէ այստեղ գտնուող քո ժողովուրդը կամաւոր կերպով քեզ ընծաներ մատուցեց:
17 Եւ գիտեմ, ո՛վ Աստուած իմ, որ դուն սրտերը կը փորձես եւ ուղղութիւնը կը սիրես։ Ասոնց ամէնքը ես ուղիղ սրտով ու յօժար կամքով ընծայ ըրի ու հիմա ուրախութեամբ տեսայ թէ հոս գտնուած ժողովուրդդ քեզի կամաւոր ընծայ կը մատուցանեն։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
29:1729:17 Знаю, Боже мой, что Ты испытуешь сердце и любишь чистосердечие; я от чистого сердца моего пожертвовал все сие, и ныне вижу, что и народ Твой, здесь находящийся, с радостью жертвует Тебе.
29:17 καὶ και and; even ἔγνων γινωσκω know κύριε κυριος lord; master ὅτι οτι since; that σὺ συ you εἶ ειμι be ὁ ο the ἐτάζων εταζω heart καὶ και and; even δικαιοσύνην δικαιοσυνη rightness; right standing ἀγαπᾷς αγαπαω love ἐν εν in ἁπλότητι απλοτης simplicity καρδίας καρδια heart προεθυμήθην προθυμεομαι all; every ταῦτα ουτος this; he καὶ και and; even νῦν νυν now; present τὸν ο the λαόν λαος populace; population σου σου of you; your τὸν ο the εὑρεθέντα ευρισκω find ὧδε ωδε here εἶδον οραω view; see ἐν εν in εὐφροσύνῃ ευφροσυνη celebration προθυμηθέντα προθυμεομαι you
29:17 וְ wᵊ וְ and יָדַ֣עְתִּי yāḏˈaʕtî ידע know אֱלֹהַ֔י ʔᵉlōhˈay אֱלֹהִים god(s) כִּ֤י kˈî כִּי that אַתָּה֙ ʔattˌā אַתָּה you בֹּחֵ֣ן bōḥˈēn בחן examine לֵבָ֔ב lēvˈāv לֵבָב heart וּ û וְ and מֵישָׁרִ֖ים mêšārˌîm מֵישָׁרִים uprightness תִּרְצֶ֑ה tirṣˈeh רצה like אֲנִ֗י ʔᵃnˈî אֲנִי i בְּ bᵊ בְּ in יֹ֤שֶׁר yˈōšer יֹשֶׁר uprightness לְבָבִי֙ lᵊvāvˌî לֵבָב heart הִתְנַדַּ֣בְתִּי hiṯnaddˈavtî נדב incite כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole אֵ֔לֶּה ʔˈēlleh אֵלֶּה these וְ wᵊ וְ and עַתָּ֗ה ʕattˈā עַתָּה now עַמְּךָ֙ ʕammᵊḵˌā עַם people הַ ha הַ the נִּמְצְאוּ־ nnimṣᵊʔû- מצא find פֹ֔ה fˈō פֹּה here רָאִ֥יתִי rāʔˌîṯî ראה see בְ vᵊ בְּ in שִׂמְחָ֖ה śimḥˌā שִׂמְחָה joy לְ lᵊ לְ to הִֽתְנַדֶּב־ hˈiṯnaddev- נדב incite לָֽךְ׃ lˈāḵ לְ to
29:17. scio Deus meus quod probes corda et simplicitatem diligas unde et ego in simplicitate cordis mei laetus obtuli universa haec et populum tuum qui hic reppertus est vidi cum ingenti gaudio tibi offerre donariaI know my God that thou provest hearts, and lovest simplicity, wherefore I also in the simplicity of my heart, have joyfully offered all these things: and I have seen with great joy thy people, which are here present, offer thee their offerings.
17. I know also, my God, that thou triest the heart, and hast pleasure in uprightness, As for me, in the uprightness of mine heart I have willingly offered all these things: and now have I seen with joy thy people, which are present here, to offer willingly unto thee.
29:17. I know, my God, that you test hearts, and that you love simplicity. Therefore, in the simplicity of my heart, I also have offered all these things joyfully. And I have seen, with immense gladness, your people, who have been found here, offering their donations to you.
29:17. I know also, my God, that thou triest the heart, and hast pleasure in uprightness. As for me, in the uprightness of mine heart I have willingly offered all these things: and now have I seen with joy thy people, which are present here, to offer willingly unto thee.
I know also, my God, that thou triest the heart, and hast pleasure in uprightness. As for me, in the uprightness of mine heart I have willingly offered all these things: and now have I seen with joy thy people, which are present here, to offer willingly unto thee:

29:17 Знаю, Боже мой, что Ты испытуешь сердце и любишь чистосердечие; я от чистого сердца моего пожертвовал все сие, и ныне вижу, что и народ Твой, здесь находящийся, с радостью жертвует Тебе.
29:17
καὶ και and; even
ἔγνων γινωσκω know
κύριε κυριος lord; master
ὅτι οτι since; that
σὺ συ you
εἶ ειμι be
ο the
ἐτάζων εταζω heart
καὶ και and; even
δικαιοσύνην δικαιοσυνη rightness; right standing
ἀγαπᾷς αγαπαω love
ἐν εν in
ἁπλότητι απλοτης simplicity
καρδίας καρδια heart
προεθυμήθην προθυμεομαι all; every
ταῦτα ουτος this; he
καὶ και and; even
νῦν νυν now; present
τὸν ο the
λαόν λαος populace; population
σου σου of you; your
τὸν ο the
εὑρεθέντα ευρισκω find
ὧδε ωδε here
εἶδον οραω view; see
ἐν εν in
εὐφροσύνῃ ευφροσυνη celebration
προθυμηθέντα προθυμεομαι you
29:17
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָדַ֣עְתִּי yāḏˈaʕtî ידע know
אֱלֹהַ֔י ʔᵉlōhˈay אֱלֹהִים god(s)
כִּ֤י kˈî כִּי that
אַתָּה֙ ʔattˌā אַתָּה you
בֹּחֵ֣ן bōḥˈēn בחן examine
לֵבָ֔ב lēvˈāv לֵבָב heart
וּ û וְ and
מֵישָׁרִ֖ים mêšārˌîm מֵישָׁרִים uprightness
תִּרְצֶ֑ה tirṣˈeh רצה like
אֲנִ֗י ʔᵃnˈî אֲנִי i
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
יֹ֤שֶׁר yˈōšer יֹשֶׁר uprightness
לְבָבִי֙ lᵊvāvˌî לֵבָב heart
הִתְנַדַּ֣בְתִּי hiṯnaddˈavtî נדב incite
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
אֵ֔לֶּה ʔˈēlleh אֵלֶּה these
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַתָּ֗ה ʕattˈā עַתָּה now
עַמְּךָ֙ ʕammᵊḵˌā עַם people
הַ ha הַ the
נִּמְצְאוּ־ nnimṣᵊʔû- מצא find
פֹ֔ה fˈō פֹּה here
רָאִ֥יתִי rāʔˌîṯî ראה see
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
שִׂמְחָ֖ה śimḥˌā שִׂמְחָה joy
לְ lᵊ לְ to
הִֽתְנַדֶּב־ hˈiṯnaddev- נדב incite
לָֽךְ׃ lˈāḵ לְ to
29:17. scio Deus meus quod probes corda et simplicitatem diligas unde et ego in simplicitate cordis mei laetus obtuli universa haec et populum tuum qui hic reppertus est vidi cum ingenti gaudio tibi offerre donaria
I know my God that thou provest hearts, and lovest simplicity, wherefore I also in the simplicity of my heart, have joyfully offered all these things: and I have seen with great joy thy people, which are here present, offer thee their offerings.
29:17. I know, my God, that you test hearts, and that you love simplicity. Therefore, in the simplicity of my heart, I also have offered all these things joyfully. And I have seen, with immense gladness, your people, who have been found here, offering their donations to you.
29:17. I know also, my God, that thou triest the heart, and hast pleasure in uprightness. As for me, in the uprightness of mine heart I have willingly offered all these things: and now have I seen with joy thy people, which are present here, to offer willingly unto thee.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
29:17: triest the heart: Ch1 28:9; Deu 8:2; Sa1 16:7; Psa 7:9, Psa 51:6; Pro 16:2, Pro 21:2; Jer 17:10; Heb 4:12; Rev 2:23
hast pleasure: Pro 11:20, Pro 15:8, Pro 15:9; Joh 1:47
in the uprightness: Act 24:16; Co2 1:12; Th1 2:10
joy thy people: Ch1 29:9; Plm 1:7, Plm 1:20
present: Heb. found
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

Before God, who searches the heart and loves uprightness, David can declare that he has willingly given in uprightness of heart, and that the people also have, to his joy, shown equal willingness. כּל־אלּה, all the treasures enumerated (1Chron 29:3-8). The plural הנּמצאוּ refers to עמּך, and the demonstrative ה stands for אשׁר as in 1Chron 26:28.
John Gill
I know also, my God, that thou triest the heart,.... Searchest it, and knowest it perfectly, whether what is done is from it:
and hast pleasure in uprightness; in what is done in sincerity and uprightness of heart:
as for me, in the uprightness of my heart I have willingly offered all these things; for the truth of which he could appeal to the heart searching God:
and now have I seen with joy thy people, which are present here, to offer willingly unto thee; he judged by what they did, and their manner of doing it, that it was done in the uprightness of their hearts also, as his were, which gave him sensible joy and pleasure.
29:1829:18: Տէր Աստուած Աբրահամու, եւ Իսահակայ, եւ Իսրայէլի հարցն մերոց, պահեա՛ զայս ՚ի միտս եւ ՚ի սիրտ ժողովրդեան քոյ յաւիտեան. եւ ուղղեա՛ զսիրտս նոցա առ քեզ[4447]։ [4447] Ոմանք. ՚Ի միտս եւ ՚ի սրտի ժողովրդեան։
18 Ո՜վ Տէր, Աբրահամի, Իսահակի եւ Իսրայէլի մեր հայրերի Աստուած, յաւիտեան պահի՛ր այս բանը քո ժողովրդի սրտում ու մտքում եւ նրանց սրտերը դէպի քե՛զ ուղղիր:
18 Ով մեր հայրերուն՝ Աբրահամին, Իսահակին ու Իսրայէլին Տէր Աստուածը, ասիկա յաւիտեան քու ժողովուրդիդ սրտին խորհուրդներուն մէջ պահէ ու անոնց սիրտը քեզի ուղղէ*։
Տէր Աստուած Աբրահամու եւ Իսահակայ եւ Իսրայելի հարցն մերոց, պահեա զայս ի միտս եւ ի սիրտ ժողովրդեան քո յաւիտեան, եւ ուղղեա զսիրտս նոցա առ քեզ:

29:18: Տէր Աստուած Աբրահամու, եւ Իսահակայ, եւ Իսրայէլի հարցն մերոց, պահեա՛ զայս ՚ի միտս եւ ՚ի սիրտ ժողովրդեան քոյ յաւիտեան. եւ ուղղեա՛ զսիրտս նոցա առ քեզ[4447]։
[4447] Ոմանք. ՚Ի միտս եւ ՚ի սրտի ժողովրդեան։
18 Ո՜վ Տէր, Աբրահամի, Իսահակի եւ Իսրայէլի մեր հայրերի Աստուած, յաւիտեան պահի՛ր այս բանը քո ժողովրդի սրտում ու մտքում եւ նրանց սրտերը դէպի քե՛զ ուղղիր:
18 Ով մեր հայրերուն՝ Աբրահամին, Իսահակին ու Իսրայէլին Տէր Աստուածը, ասիկա յաւիտեան քու ժողովուրդիդ սրտին խորհուրդներուն մէջ պահէ ու անոնց սիրտը քեզի ուղղէ*։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
29:1829:18 Господи, Боже Авраама, Исаака и Израиля, отцов наших! сохрани сие навек, {сие} расположение мыслей сердца народа Твоего, и направь сердце их к Тебе.
29:18 κύριε κυριος lord; master ὁ ο the θεὸς θεος God Αβρααμ αβρααμ Abraam; Avraam καὶ και and; even Ισαακ ισαακ Isaak καὶ και and; even Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel τῶν ο the πατέρων πατηρ father ἡμῶν ημων our φύλαξον φυλασσω guard; keep ταῦτα ουτος this; he ἐν εν in διανοίᾳ διανοια mind; intention καρδίας καρδια heart λαοῦ λαος populace; population σου σου of you; your εἰς εις into; for τὸν ο the αἰῶνα αιων age; -ever καὶ και and; even κατεύθυνον κατευθυνω straighten out; direct τὰς ο the καρδίας καρδια heart αὐτῶν αυτος he; him πρὸς προς to; toward σέ σε.1 you
29:18 יְהוָ֗ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱ֠לֹהֵי ʔᵉlōhˌê אֱלֹהִים god(s) אַבְרָהָ֞ם ʔavrāhˈām אַבְרָהָם Abraham יִצְחָ֤ק yiṣḥˈāq יִצְחָק Isaac וְ wᵊ וְ and יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel אֲבֹתֵ֔ינוּ ʔᵃvōṯˈênû אָב father שֳׁמְרָה־ šᵒmᵊrā- שׁמר keep זֹּ֣את zzˈōṯ זֹאת this לְ lᵊ לְ to עֹולָ֔ם ʕôlˈām עֹולָם eternity לְ lᵊ לְ to יֵ֥צֶר yˌēṣer יֵצֶר form מַחְשְׁבֹ֖ות maḥšᵊvˌôṯ מַחֲשָׁבָה thought לְבַ֣ב lᵊvˈav לֵבָב heart עַמֶּ֑ךָ ʕammˈeḵā עַם people וְ wᵊ וְ and הָכֵ֥ן hāḵˌēn כון be firm לְבָבָ֖ם lᵊvāvˌām לֵבָב heart אֵלֶֽיךָ׃ ʔēlˈeʸḵā אֶל to
29:18. Domine Deus Abraham et Isaac et Israhel patrum nostrorum custodi in aeternum hanc voluntatem cordis eorum et semper in venerationem tui mens ista permaneatO Lord God of Abraham, and of Isaac, and of Israel our fathers, keep for ever this will of their heart, and let this mind remain always for the worship of thee.
18. O LORD, the God of Abraham, of Isaac, and of Israel, our fathers, keep this for ever in the imagination of the thoughts of the heart of thy people; and prepare their heart unto thee:
29:18. O Lord, the God of our fathers Abraham and Isaac and Israel, preserve unto eternity this desire of their heart, and let this purpose remain forever, for the worship of you.
29:18. O LORD God of Abraham, Isaac, and of Israel, our fathers, keep this for ever in the imagination of the thoughts of the heart of thy people, and prepare their heart unto thee:
O LORD God of Abraham, Isaac, and of Israel, our fathers, keep this for ever in the imagination of the thoughts of the heart of thy people, and prepare their heart unto thee:

29:18 Господи, Боже Авраама, Исаака и Израиля, отцов наших! сохрани сие навек, {сие} расположение мыслей сердца народа Твоего, и направь сердце их к Тебе.
29:18
κύριε κυριος lord; master
ο the
θεὸς θεος God
Αβρααμ αβρααμ Abraam; Avraam
καὶ και and; even
Ισαακ ισαακ Isaak
καὶ και and; even
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
τῶν ο the
πατέρων πατηρ father
ἡμῶν ημων our
φύλαξον φυλασσω guard; keep
ταῦτα ουτος this; he
ἐν εν in
διανοίᾳ διανοια mind; intention
καρδίας καρδια heart
λαοῦ λαος populace; population
σου σου of you; your
εἰς εις into; for
τὸν ο the
αἰῶνα αιων age; -ever
καὶ και and; even
κατεύθυνον κατευθυνω straighten out; direct
τὰς ο the
καρδίας καρδια heart
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
πρὸς προς to; toward
σέ σε.1 you
29:18
יְהוָ֗ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱ֠לֹהֵי ʔᵉlōhˌê אֱלֹהִים god(s)
אַבְרָהָ֞ם ʔavrāhˈām אַבְרָהָם Abraham
יִצְחָ֤ק yiṣḥˈāq יִצְחָק Isaac
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
אֲבֹתֵ֔ינוּ ʔᵃvōṯˈênû אָב father
שֳׁמְרָה־ šᵒmᵊrā- שׁמר keep
זֹּ֣את zzˈōṯ זֹאת this
לְ lᵊ לְ to
עֹולָ֔ם ʕôlˈām עֹולָם eternity
לְ lᵊ לְ to
יֵ֥צֶר yˌēṣer יֵצֶר form
מַחְשְׁבֹ֖ות maḥšᵊvˌôṯ מַחֲשָׁבָה thought
לְבַ֣ב lᵊvˈav לֵבָב heart
עַמֶּ֑ךָ ʕammˈeḵā עַם people
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָכֵ֥ן hāḵˌēn כון be firm
לְבָבָ֖ם lᵊvāvˌām לֵבָב heart
אֵלֶֽיךָ׃ ʔēlˈeʸḵā אֶל to
29:18. Domine Deus Abraham et Isaac et Israhel patrum nostrorum custodi in aeternum hanc voluntatem cordis eorum et semper in venerationem tui mens ista permaneat
O Lord God of Abraham, and of Isaac, and of Israel our fathers, keep for ever this will of their heart, and let this mind remain always for the worship of thee.
29:18. O Lord, the God of our fathers Abraham and Isaac and Israel, preserve unto eternity this desire of their heart, and let this purpose remain forever, for the worship of you.
29:18. O LORD God of Abraham, Isaac, and of Israel, our fathers, keep this for ever in the imagination of the thoughts of the heart of thy people, and prepare their heart unto thee:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
29:18: Keep this for ever - All the good dispositions which myself and my people have, came from thee; continue to support and strengthen them by the same grace by which they have been inspired!
1 Chronicles 29:19
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
29:18: Keep this foRev_er ... - i. e., "Preserve foRev_er this spirit of liberal and spontaneous giving in the hearts of Thy people, and establish their hearts toward Thee."
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
29:18: Lord God: Exo 3:6, Exo 3:15, Exo 4:5; Mat 22:32; Act 3:13
keep: Deu 30:6; Psa 51:10, Psa 119:166; Jer 10:23, Jer 32:39; Phi 1:6, Phi 1:9-11; Th1 3:11; Heb 13:21
in the imagination: Ch1 28:9; Gen 6:5; Psa 119:113
prepare: Heb. stablish, Psa 10:17; Th2 2:16, Th2 2:17
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

He prays that God may enable the people ever to retain this frame of heart. זאת is more closely defined by מח ליצר, viz., the frame of the thoughts of the heart of Thy people. "And direct their heart (the people's heart) to Thee," cf. 1Kings 7:3.
Geneva 1599
O LORD God of Abraham, Isaac, and of Israel, our fathers, keep this for ever in the (k) imagination of the thoughts of the heart of thy people, and prepare their heart unto thee:
(k) Continue then in his good mind, that they may serve you willingly.
John Gill
O Lord God of Abraham, Isaac, and of Israel, our fathers, The ancestors of the Jewish nation, whose covenant God the Lord was, and who had ever been mindful of his promise to them, with respect to them their seed:
keep this for ever in the imagination of the thoughts of the heart of thy people; let the same disposition of mind always continue in them to serve the Lord their God:
and prepare their heart unto thee; incline and dispose their minds always to fear the Lord, and obey his will.
John Wesley
Of Abraham, &c. - A God in covenant with them, and with us for their sakes. Keep forever - Since it is from thy grace that thy people have such willing minds, continue that grace to them, that they may persist in the same generous disposition towards thee and thy worship. Prepare - Or, rather, confirm, thou who hast begun a good work, confirm and carry it on by thy grace.
29:1929:19: Եւ Սողոմոնի որդւոյ իմում տո՛ւր սիրտ բարի առնե՛լ զպատուիրանս քո, եւ զվկայութիւնս քո, եւ զհրամանս քո. եւ ՚ի կատարո՛ւմն ածել զպատրաստութիւն տան քոյ։
19 Իմ Սողոմոն որդուն բարի սի՛րտ տուր, որ պահի-պահպանի քո պատուիրանները, քո վկայութիւններն ու քո օրէնքները եւ աւարտին հասցնի քո տան կառուցումը»:
19 Եւ իմ որդիիս Սողոմոնին կատարեալ սիրտ տուր, որպէս զի քու պատուիրանքներդ, վկայութիւններդ ու կանոններդ պահէ եւ ամէնքը գործադրէ ու շինէ այն պալատը, որուն համար պատրաստութիւն տեսեր եմ»։
Եւ Սողոմոնի որդւոյ իմում տուր սիրտ բարի` առնել զպատուիրանս քո եւ զվկայութիւնս քո եւ զհրամանս քո, եւ [473]ի կատարումն ածել զպատրաստութիւն տան քո:

29:19: Եւ Սողոմոնի որդւոյ իմում տո՛ւր սիրտ բարի առնե՛լ զպատուիրանս քո, եւ զվկայութիւնս քո, եւ զհրամանս քո. եւ ՚ի կատարո՛ւմն ածել զպատրաստութիւն տան քոյ։
19 Իմ Սողոմոն որդուն բարի սի՛րտ տուր, որ պահի-պահպանի քո պատուիրանները, քո վկայութիւններն ու քո օրէնքները եւ աւարտին հասցնի քո տան կառուցումը»:
19 Եւ իմ որդիիս Սողոմոնին կատարեալ սիրտ տուր, որպէս զի քու պատուիրանքներդ, վկայութիւններդ ու կանոններդ պահէ եւ ամէնքը գործադրէ ու շինէ այն պալատը, որուն համար պատրաստութիւն տեսեր եմ»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
29:1929:19 Соломону же, сыну моему, дай сердце правое, чтобы соблюдать заповеди Твои, откровения Твои и уставы Твои, и исполнить все это и построить здание, для которого я сделал приготовление.
29:19 καὶ και and; even Σαλωμων σαλωμων the υἱῷ υιος son μου μου of me; mine δὸς διδωμι give; deposit καρδίαν καρδια heart ἀγαθὴν αγαθος good ποιεῖν ποιεω do; make τὰς ο the ἐντολάς εντολη direction; injunction σου σου of you; your καὶ και and; even τὰ ο the μαρτύριά μαρτυριον evidence; testimony σου σου of you; your καὶ και and; even τὰ ο the προστάγματά προσταγμα of you; your καὶ και and; even τοῦ ο the ἐπὶ επι in; on τέλος τελος completion; sales tax ἀγαγεῖν αγω lead; pass τὴν ο the κατασκευὴν κατασκευη the οἴκου οικος home; household σου σου of you; your
29:19 וְ wᵊ וְ and לִ li לְ to שְׁלֹמֹ֣ה šᵊlōmˈō שְׁלֹמֹה Solomon בְנִ֗י vᵊnˈî בֵּן son תֵּ֚ן ˈtēn נתן give לֵבָ֣ב lēvˈāv לֵבָב heart שָׁלֵ֔ם šālˈēm שָׁלֵם complete לִ li לְ to שְׁמֹור֙ šᵊmôr שׁמר keep מִצְוֹתֶ֔יךָ miṣwōṯˈeʸḵā מִצְוָה commandment עֵדְוֹתֶ֖יךָ ʕēḏᵊwōṯˌeʸḵā עֵדוּת reminder וְ wᵊ וְ and חֻקֶּ֑יךָ ḥuqqˈeʸḵā חֹק portion וְ wᵊ וְ and לַ la לְ to עֲשֹׂ֣ות ʕᵃśˈôṯ עשׂה make הַ ha הַ the כֹּ֔ל kkˈōl כֹּל whole וְ wᵊ וְ and לִ li לְ to בְנֹ֖ות vᵊnˌôṯ בנה build הַ ha הַ the בִּירָ֥ה bbîrˌā בִּירָה citadel אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] הֲכִינֹֽותִי׃ פ hᵃḵînˈôṯî . f כון be firm
29:19. Salomoni quoque filio meo da cor perfectum ut custodiat mandata tua testimonia tua caerimonias tuas et faciat universa et aedificet aedem cuius inpensas paraviAnd give to Solomon my son a perfect heart, that he may keep thy commandments, thy testimonies, and thy ceremonies, and do all things: and build the house, for which I have provided the charges.
19. and give unto Solomon my son a perfect heart, to keep thy commandments, thy testimonies, and thy statutes, and to do all these things, and to build the palace, for the which I have made provision.
29:19. Also, I give to my son Solomon a perfect heart, so that he may keep your commandments, your testimonies, and your ceremonies, and so that he may accomplish all things, and may build the temple, for which I have prepared the expenses.”
29:19. And give unto Solomon my son a perfect heart, to keep thy commandments, thy testimonies, and thy statutes, and to do all [these things], and to build the palace, [for] the which I have made provision.
And give unto Solomon my son a perfect heart, to keep thy commandments, thy testimonies, and thy statutes, and to do all [these things], and to build the palace, [for] the which I have made provision:

29:19 Соломону же, сыну моему, дай сердце правое, чтобы соблюдать заповеди Твои, откровения Твои и уставы Твои, и исполнить все это и построить здание, для которого я сделал приготовление.
29:19
καὶ και and; even
Σαλωμων σαλωμων the
υἱῷ υιος son
μου μου of me; mine
δὸς διδωμι give; deposit
καρδίαν καρδια heart
ἀγαθὴν αγαθος good
ποιεῖν ποιεω do; make
τὰς ο the
ἐντολάς εντολη direction; injunction
σου σου of you; your
καὶ και and; even
τὰ ο the
μαρτύριά μαρτυριον evidence; testimony
σου σου of you; your
καὶ και and; even
τὰ ο the
προστάγματά προσταγμα of you; your
καὶ και and; even
τοῦ ο the
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τέλος τελος completion; sales tax
ἀγαγεῖν αγω lead; pass
τὴν ο the
κατασκευὴν κατασκευη the
οἴκου οικος home; household
σου σου of you; your
29:19
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לִ li לְ to
שְׁלֹמֹ֣ה šᵊlōmˈō שְׁלֹמֹה Solomon
בְנִ֗י vᵊnˈî בֵּן son
תֵּ֚ן ˈtēn נתן give
לֵבָ֣ב lēvˈāv לֵבָב heart
שָׁלֵ֔ם šālˈēm שָׁלֵם complete
לִ li לְ to
שְׁמֹור֙ šᵊmôr שׁמר keep
מִצְוֹתֶ֔יךָ miṣwōṯˈeʸḵā מִצְוָה commandment
עֵדְוֹתֶ֖יךָ ʕēḏᵊwōṯˌeʸḵā עֵדוּת reminder
וְ wᵊ וְ and
חֻקֶּ֑יךָ ḥuqqˈeʸḵā חֹק portion
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לַ la לְ to
עֲשֹׂ֣ות ʕᵃśˈôṯ עשׂה make
הַ ha הַ the
כֹּ֔ל kkˈōl כֹּל whole
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לִ li לְ to
בְנֹ֖ות vᵊnˌôṯ בנה build
הַ ha הַ the
בִּירָ֥ה bbîrˌā בִּירָה citadel
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
הֲכִינֹֽותִי׃ פ hᵃḵînˈôṯî . f כון be firm
29:19. Salomoni quoque filio meo da cor perfectum ut custodiat mandata tua testimonia tua caerimonias tuas et faciat universa et aedificet aedem cuius inpensas paravi
And give to Solomon my son a perfect heart, that he may keep thy commandments, thy testimonies, and thy ceremonies, and do all things: and build the house, for which I have provided the charges.
29:19. Also, I give to my son Solomon a perfect heart, so that he may keep your commandments, your testimonies, and your ceremonies, and so that he may accomplish all things, and may build the temple, for which I have prepared the expenses.”
29:19. And give unto Solomon my son a perfect heart, to keep thy commandments, thy testimonies, and thy statutes, and to do all [these things], and to build the palace, [for] the which I have made provision.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
29:19: Give unto Solomon - a perfect heart - This he did, but Solomon abused his mercies.
1 Chronicles 29:20
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
29:19: And give: Ch1 28:9; Psa 72:1, Psa 119:80; Jam 1:17
the which: Ch1 29:2, Ch1 22:14
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

And to Solomon may God give a whole (undivided) heart, that he may keep all the divine commands and do them, and build the temple. שׁלם לב as in 1Chron 29:9. הכּל לעשׂות, that he may do all, scil. that the commands, testimonies, and statutes require. For הבּירה, see 1Chron 29:1.
John Gill
And give unto Solomon my son a perfect heart to keep thy commandments, thy testimonies, and thy statutes,.... All the laws of God, moral, ceremonial, and judicial, even to observe them cordially and sincerely:
and to do all those things; he had suggested to him particularly:
and to build the palace for the which I have made provision; as before declared.
29:2029:20: Եւ ասէ Դաւիթ ցամենայն եկեղեցին. Օրհնեցէ՛ք զՏէր Աստուած ձեր։ Եւ օրհնեաց ամենայն եկեղեցին զՏէր Աստուած հարցն իւրեանց. եւ խոնարհեցուցեալ զծունկս՝ երկի՛ր պագին Տեառն, եւ արքայի։
20 Դաւիթն ասաց բոլոր ժողովականներին. «Օրհնեցէ՛ք ձեր Տէր Աստծուն»: Եւ բոլոր ժողովականները օրհնեցին իրենց հայրերի Տէր Աստծուն եւ ծնկի իջնելով՝ երկրպագեցին Տիրոջն ու արքային:
20 Եւ Դաւիթ բոլոր ժողովուրդին ըսաւ. «Հիմա ձեր Տէր Աստուածը օրհնեցէ՛ք»։ Բոլոր ժողովուրդը իրենց հայրերուն Տէր Աստուածը օրհնեցին եւ ծռելով՝ Տէրոջը ու թագաւորին երկրպագութիւն ըրին։
Եւ ասէ Դաւիթ ցամենայն եկեղեցին. Օրհնեցէք զՏէր Աստուած ձեր: Եւ օրհնեաց ամենայն եկեղեցին զՏէր Աստուած հարցն իւրեանց, եւ խոնարհեցուցեալ զծունկս` երկիր պագին Տեառն եւ արքայի:

29:20: Եւ ասէ Դաւիթ ցամենայն եկեղեցին. Օրհնեցէ՛ք զՏէր Աստուած ձեր։ Եւ օրհնեաց ամենայն եկեղեցին զՏէր Աստուած հարցն իւրեանց. եւ խոնարհեցուցեալ զծունկս՝ երկի՛ր պագին Տեառն, եւ արքայի։
20 Դաւիթն ասաց բոլոր ժողովականներին. «Օրհնեցէ՛ք ձեր Տէր Աստծուն»: Եւ բոլոր ժողովականները օրհնեցին իրենց հայրերի Տէր Աստծուն եւ ծնկի իջնելով՝ երկրպագեցին Տիրոջն ու արքային:
20 Եւ Դաւիթ բոլոր ժողովուրդին ըսաւ. «Հիմա ձեր Տէր Աստուածը օրհնեցէ՛ք»։ Բոլոր ժողովուրդը իրենց հայրերուն Տէր Աստուածը օրհնեցին եւ ծռելով՝ Տէրոջը ու թագաւորին երկրպագութիւն ըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
29:2029:20 И сказал Давид всему собранию: благословите Господа Бога нашего. И благословило все собрание Господа Бога отцов своих, и пало, и поклонилось Господу и царю.
29:20 καὶ και and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith πάσῃ πας all; every τῇ ο the ἐκκλησίᾳ εκκλησια assembly εὐλογήσατε ευλογεω commend; acclaim κύριον κυριος lord; master τὸν ο the θεὸν θεος God ὑμῶν υμων your καὶ και and; even εὐλόγησεν ευλογεω commend; acclaim πᾶσα πας all; every ἡ ο the ἐκκλησία εκκλησια assembly κύριον κυριος lord; master τὸν ο the θεὸν θεος God τῶν ο the πατέρων πατηρ father αὐτῶν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even κάμψαντες καμπτω bend τὰ ο the γόνατα γονυ knee προσεκύνησαν προσκυνεω worship τῷ ο the κυρίῳ κυριος lord; master καὶ και and; even τῷ ο the βασιλεῖ βασιλευς monarch; king
29:20 וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֤אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say דָּוִיד֙ dāwîḏ דָּוִד David לְ lᵊ לְ to כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the קָּהָ֔ל qqāhˈāl קָהָל assembly בָּֽרְכוּ־ bˈārᵊḵû- ברך bless נָ֖א nˌā נָא yeah אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] יְהוָ֣ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֑ם ʔᵉlōhêḵˈem אֱלֹהִים god(s) וַ wa וְ and יְבָרֲכ֣וּ yᵊvārᵃḵˈû ברך bless כָֽל־ ḵˈol- כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the קָּהָ֗ל qqāhˈāl קָהָל assembly לַ la לְ to יהוָה֙ [yhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֵ֣י ʔᵉlōhˈê אֱלֹהִים god(s) אֲבֹֽתֵיהֶ֔ם ʔᵃvˈōṯêhˈem אָב father וַ wa וְ and יִּקְּד֧וּ yyiqqᵊḏˈû קדד kneel down וַ wa וְ and יִּֽשְׁתַּחֲו֛וּ yyˈištaḥᵃwˈû חוה bow down לַ la לְ to יהוָ֖ה [yhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH וְ wᵊ וְ and לַ la לְ to † הַ the מֶּֽלֶךְ׃ mmˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king
29:20. praecepit autem David universae ecclesiae benedicite Domino Deo nostro et benedixit omnis ecclesia Domino Deo patrum suorum et inclinaverunt se et adoraverunt Deum et deinde regemAnd David commanded all the assembly: Bless ye the Lord our God. And all the assembly blessed the Lord the God of their fathers: and they bowed themselves and worshipped God, and then the king.
20. And David said to all the congregation, Now bless the LORD your God. And all the congregation blessed the LORD, the God of their fathers, and bowed down their heads, and worshipped the LORD, and the king.
29:20. Then David instructed the entire assembly: “Bless the Lord our God.” And the entire assembly blessed the Lord, the God of their fathers. And they bowed themselves, and they adored God, and next they reverenced the king.
29:20. And David said to all the congregation, Now bless the LORD your God. And all the congregation blessed the LORD God of their fathers, and bowed down their heads, and worshipped the LORD, and the king.
And David said to all the congregation, Now bless the LORD your God. And all the congregation blessed the LORD God of their fathers, and bowed down their heads, and worshipped the LORD, and the king:

29:20 И сказал Давид всему собранию: благословите Господа Бога нашего. И благословило все собрание Господа Бога отцов своих, и пало, и поклонилось Господу и царю.
29:20
καὶ και and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
πάσῃ πας all; every
τῇ ο the
ἐκκλησίᾳ εκκλησια assembly
εὐλογήσατε ευλογεω commend; acclaim
κύριον κυριος lord; master
τὸν ο the
θεὸν θεος God
ὑμῶν υμων your
καὶ και and; even
εὐλόγησεν ευλογεω commend; acclaim
πᾶσα πας all; every
ο the
ἐκκλησία εκκλησια assembly
κύριον κυριος lord; master
τὸν ο the
θεὸν θεος God
τῶν ο the
πατέρων πατηρ father
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
κάμψαντες καμπτω bend
τὰ ο the
γόνατα γονυ knee
προσεκύνησαν προσκυνεω worship
τῷ ο the
κυρίῳ κυριος lord; master
καὶ και and; even
τῷ ο the
βασιλεῖ βασιλευς monarch; king
29:20
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֤אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say
דָּוִיד֙ dāwîḏ דָּוִד David
לְ lᵊ לְ to
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
קָּהָ֔ל qqāhˈāl קָהָל assembly
בָּֽרְכוּ־ bˈārᵊḵû- ברך bless
נָ֖א nˌā נָא yeah
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
יְהוָ֣ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֑ם ʔᵉlōhêḵˈem אֱלֹהִים god(s)
וַ wa וְ and
יְבָרֲכ֣וּ yᵊvārᵃḵˈû ברך bless
כָֽל־ ḵˈol- כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
קָּהָ֗ל qqāhˈāl קָהָל assembly
לַ la לְ to
יהוָה֙ [yhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֵ֣י ʔᵉlōhˈê אֱלֹהִים god(s)
אֲבֹֽתֵיהֶ֔ם ʔᵃvˈōṯêhˈem אָב father
וַ wa וְ and
יִּקְּד֧וּ yyiqqᵊḏˈû קדד kneel down
וַ wa וְ and
יִּֽשְׁתַּחֲו֛וּ yyˈištaḥᵃwˈû חוה bow down
לַ la לְ to
יהוָ֖ה [yhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
מֶּֽלֶךְ׃ mmˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king
29:20. praecepit autem David universae ecclesiae benedicite Domino Deo nostro et benedixit omnis ecclesia Domino Deo patrum suorum et inclinaverunt se et adoraverunt Deum et deinde regem
And David commanded all the assembly: Bless ye the Lord our God. And all the assembly blessed the Lord the God of their fathers: and they bowed themselves and worshipped God, and then the king.
29:20. Then David instructed the entire assembly: “Bless the Lord our God.” And the entire assembly blessed the Lord, the God of their fathers. And they bowed themselves, and they adored God, and next they reverenced the king.
29:20. And David said to all the congregation, Now bless the LORD your God. And all the congregation blessed the LORD God of their fathers, and bowed down their heads, and worshipped the LORD, and the king.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
29:20: Worshipped the Lord, and the king - They did reverence to God as the supreme Ruler, and to the king as his deputy.
1 Chronicles 29:21
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
29:20: Worshipped the Lord, and the king - The same outward signs of Rev_erence were accorded by the customs of the Jews (as of the Oriental nations generally) to God and to their monarchs (see Kg1 1:31). But the application of the terms to both in the same passage, which occurs nowhere in Scripture but here, is thought to indicate a time when a long servitude under despotic lords had orientalized men's mode of speech.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
29:20: Now bless: Ch1 16:36; Ch2 20:21; Psa 134:2, Psa 135:19-21, Psa 145:1-146:2; Psa 148:13, Psa 14-150:6
bowed down: Gen 24:26, Gen 24:48; Exo 4:31; Psa 29:1, Psa 29:2, Psa 95:6
worshipped: Exo 14:31; Sa1 12:18; Pro 24:21; Pe1 2:17
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

Close of the public assembly. - 1Chron 29:20. At the conclusion of the prayer, David calls upon the whole assembly to praise God; which they do, bowing before God and the king, and worshipping. וישׁתּחווּ יקּדוּ, connected as in Ex 4:31; Gen 43:28, etc.
1Chron 29:21
To seal their confession, thus made in word and deed, the assembled dignitaries prepared a great sacrificial feast to the Lord on the following day. They sacrificed to the Lord sacrifices, viz., 1000 bullocks, 1000 rams, and 1000 lambs as burnt-offering, with drink-offerings to correspond, and sacrifices, i.e., thank-offerings (שׁלמים), in multitude for all Israel, i.e., so that all those present could take part in the sacrificial meal prepared from these sacrifices. While זבהים in the first clause is the general designation of the bloody offerings as distinguished from the meat-offerings, in the last clause it is restricted by the contrast with עלות and the שׁלמים, from which joyous sacrificial meals were prepared.
1Chron 29:22
On this day they made Solomon king a second time, anointing him king to the Lord, and Zadok to be priest, i.e., high priest. The שׁנית refers back to 1Chron 23:1, and the first anointing of Solomon narrated in 3Kings 1:32. ליהיה, not: before Jahve, which ל cannot signify, but: "to Jahve," in accordance with His will expressed in His choice of Solomon (1Chron 28:4). The ל before צדוק is nota accus., as in לשׁלמה. From the last words we learn that Zadok received the high-priesthood with the consent of the estates of the kingdom.
Geneva 1599
And David said to all the congregation, Now bless the LORD your God. And all the congregation blessed the LORD God of their fathers, and bowed down their heads, and worshipped the LORD, and the (l) king.
(l) That is, revered the king.
John Gill
And David said to all the congregation,.... Consisting of princes, captains, and officers, 1Chron 28:1.
now bless the Lord your God; as he had done, for putting it into the power of their hands, and into their hearts, to do what they had:
and all the congregation blessed the Lord God of their fathers; some one as the mouth of the rest put up a thanksgiving to God, as David directed, to which they all assented, and in which they all joined:
and bowed down their heads, and worshipped the Lord and the king; the one with religious worship, the other with civil; the Syriac and Arabic versions more plainly distinguish, "they worshipped the Lord, and blessed David the king"; though some think Solomon, now made king, is meant.
John Wesley
Worshipped - The Lord with religious, and the king with civil worship.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
all the congregation . . . worshipped the Lord, and the king--Though the external attitude might be the same, the sentiments of which it was expressive were very different in the two cases--of divine worship in the one, of civil homage in the other.
29:2129:21: Եւ եզեն Դաւիթ Տեառն զոհս. եւ մատոյց ողջակէ՛զ Աստուծոյ ՚ի վաղիւն առաջնոյ աւուրն, զուարակս հազար, խոյս հազար, գառինս հազար, եւ զնուէրս նոցա. եւ զզոհսն յաճախութեամբ ամենայն Իսրայէլի։
21 Յաջորդ օրը Դաւիթը հազար զուարակ, հազար խոյ ու հազար գառ ողջակիզեց դրանց համապատասխան ընծաներով եւ առատ զոհեր մատուցեց ամբողջ Իսրայէլի համար:
21 Հետեւեալ օրը զոհեր ու ողջակէզներ մատուցանեցին Տէրոջը։ Հազար զուարակ, հազար խոյ, հազար գառ՝ անոնց ըմպելի նուէրներովը ու բոլոր Իսրայէլի համար շատ զոհեր մատուցանեցին։
Եւ [474]եզեն Դաւիթ`` Տեառն զոհս, եւ [475]մատոյց ողջակէզս Աստուծոյ`` ի վաղիւն առաջնոյ աւուրն, զուարակս հազար, խոյս հազար, գառինս հազար, եւ զնուէրս նոցա եւ զզոհսն յաճախութեամբ ամենայն Իսրայելի:

29:21: Եւ եզեն Դաւիթ Տեառն զոհս. եւ մատոյց ողջակէ՛զ Աստուծոյ ՚ի վաղիւն առաջնոյ աւուրն, զուարակս հազար, խոյս հազար, գառինս հազար, եւ զնուէրս նոցա. եւ զզոհսն յաճախութեամբ ամենայն Իսրայէլի։
21 Յաջորդ օրը Դաւիթը հազար զուարակ, հազար խոյ ու հազար գառ ողջակիզեց դրանց համապատասխան ընծաներով եւ առատ զոհեր մատուցեց ամբողջ Իսրայէլի համար:
21 Հետեւեալ օրը զոհեր ու ողջակէզներ մատուցանեցին Տէրոջը։ Հազար զուարակ, հազար խոյ, հազար գառ՝ անոնց ըմպելի նուէրներովը ու բոլոր Իսրայէլի համար շատ զոհեր մատուցանեցին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
29:2129:21 И принесли Господу жертвы, и вознесли всесожжения Господу, на другой после сего день: тысячу тельцов, тысячу овнов, тысячу агнцев с их возлияниями, и множество жертв от всего Израиля.
29:21 καὶ και and; even ἔθυσεν θυω immolate; sacrifice Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith τῷ ο the κυρίῳ κυριος lord; master θυσίας θυσια immolation; sacrifice καὶ και and; even ἀνήνεγκεν αναφερω bring up; carry up ὁλοκαυτώματα ολοκαυτωμα whole offering τῷ ο the θεῷ θεος God τῇ ο the ἐπαύριον επαυριον tomorrow; next day τῆς ο the πρώτης πρωτος first; foremost ἡμέρας ημερα day μόσχους μοσχος calf χιλίους χιλιοι thousand κριοὺς κριος thousand ἄρνας αρην lamb χιλίους χιλιοι thousand καὶ και and; even τὰς ο the σπονδὰς σπονδη he; him καὶ και and; even θυσίας θυσια immolation; sacrifice εἰς εις into; for πλῆθος πληθος multitude; quantity παντὶ πας all; every τῷ ο the Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
29:21 וַ wa וְ and יִּזְבְּח֣וּ yyizbᵊḥˈû זבח slaughter לַ la לְ to יהוָ֣ה׀ [yhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH זְ֠בָחִים zᵊvāḥîm זֶבַח sacrifice וַ wa וְ and יַּעֲל֨וּ yyaʕᵃlˌû עלה ascend עֹלֹ֜ות ʕōlˈôṯ עֹלָה burnt-offering לַ la לְ to יהוָ֗ה [yhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH לְֽ lᵊˈ לְ to מָחֳרַת֮ moḥᵒraṯ מָחֳרָת next day הַ ha הַ the יֹּ֣ום yyˈôm יֹום day הַ ha הַ the הוּא֒ hû הוּא he פָּרִ֨ים pārˌîm פַּר young bull אֶ֜לֶף ʔˈelef אֶלֶף thousand אֵילִ֥ים ʔêlˌîm אַיִל ram, despot אֶ֛לֶף ʔˈelef אֶלֶף thousand כְּבָשִׂ֥ים kᵊvāśˌîm כֶּבֶשׂ young ram אֶ֖לֶף ʔˌelef אֶלֶף thousand וְ wᵊ וְ and נִסְכֵּיהֶ֑ם niskêhˈem נֵסֶךְ libation וּ û וְ and זְבָחִ֥ים zᵊvāḥˌîm זֶבַח sacrifice לָ lā לְ to רֹ֖ב rˌōv רֹב multitude לְ lᵊ לְ to כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
29:21. immolaveruntque victimas Domino et obtulerunt holocausta die sequenti tauros mille arietes mille agnos mille cum libaminibus suis et universo ritu abundantissime in omnem IsrahelAnd they sacrificed victims to the Lord: and they offered holocausts the next day, a thousand bullocks, a thousand rams, a thousand lambs, with their libations, and with every thing prescribed most abundantly for all Israel.
21. And they sacrificed sacrifices unto the LORD, and offered burnt offerings unto the LORD, on the morrow after that day, even a thousand bullocks, a thousand rams, and a thousand lambs, with their drink offerings, and sacrifices in abundance for all Israel;
29:21. And they immolated victims to the Lord. And they offered holocausts on the following day: one thousand bulls, one thousand rams, one thousand lambs, with their libations and with every ritual, very abundantly, for all of Israel.
29:21. And they sacrificed sacrifices unto the LORD, and offered burnt offerings unto the LORD, on the morrow after that day, [even] a thousand bullocks, a thousand rams, [and] a thousand lambs, with their drink offerings, and sacrifices in abundance for all Israel:
And they sacrificed sacrifices unto the LORD, and offered burnt offerings unto the LORD, on the morrow after that day, [even] a thousand bullocks, a thousand rams, [and] a thousand lambs, with their drink offerings, and sacrifices in abundance for all Israel:

29:21 И принесли Господу жертвы, и вознесли всесожжения Господу, на другой после сего день: тысячу тельцов, тысячу овнов, тысячу агнцев с их возлияниями, и множество жертв от всего Израиля.
29:21
καὶ και and; even
ἔθυσεν θυω immolate; sacrifice
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
τῷ ο the
κυρίῳ κυριος lord; master
θυσίας θυσια immolation; sacrifice
καὶ και and; even
ἀνήνεγκεν αναφερω bring up; carry up
ὁλοκαυτώματα ολοκαυτωμα whole offering
τῷ ο the
θεῷ θεος God
τῇ ο the
ἐπαύριον επαυριον tomorrow; next day
τῆς ο the
πρώτης πρωτος first; foremost
ἡμέρας ημερα day
μόσχους μοσχος calf
χιλίους χιλιοι thousand
κριοὺς κριος thousand
ἄρνας αρην lamb
χιλίους χιλιοι thousand
καὶ και and; even
τὰς ο the
σπονδὰς σπονδη he; him
καὶ και and; even
θυσίας θυσια immolation; sacrifice
εἰς εις into; for
πλῆθος πληθος multitude; quantity
παντὶ πας all; every
τῷ ο the
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
29:21
וַ wa וְ and
יִּזְבְּח֣וּ yyizbᵊḥˈû זבח slaughter
לַ la לְ to
יהוָ֣ה׀ [yhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
זְ֠בָחִים zᵊvāḥîm זֶבַח sacrifice
וַ wa וְ and
יַּעֲל֨וּ yyaʕᵃlˌû עלה ascend
עֹלֹ֜ות ʕōlˈôṯ עֹלָה burnt-offering
לַ la לְ to
יהוָ֗ה [yhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
לְֽ lᵊˈ לְ to
מָחֳרַת֮ moḥᵒraṯ מָחֳרָת next day
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּ֣ום yyˈôm יֹום day
הַ ha הַ the
הוּא֒ הוּא he
פָּרִ֨ים pārˌîm פַּר young bull
אֶ֜לֶף ʔˈelef אֶלֶף thousand
אֵילִ֥ים ʔêlˌîm אַיִל ram, despot
אֶ֛לֶף ʔˈelef אֶלֶף thousand
כְּבָשִׂ֥ים kᵊvāśˌîm כֶּבֶשׂ young ram
אֶ֖לֶף ʔˌelef אֶלֶף thousand
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נִסְכֵּיהֶ֑ם niskêhˈem נֵסֶךְ libation
וּ û וְ and
זְבָחִ֥ים zᵊvāḥˌîm זֶבַח sacrifice
לָ לְ to
רֹ֖ב rˌōv רֹב multitude
לְ lᵊ לְ to
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
29:21. immolaveruntque victimas Domino et obtulerunt holocausta die sequenti tauros mille arietes mille agnos mille cum libaminibus suis et universo ritu abundantissime in omnem Israhel
And they sacrificed victims to the Lord: and they offered holocausts the next day, a thousand bullocks, a thousand rams, a thousand lambs, with their libations, and with every thing prescribed most abundantly for all Israel.
29:21. And they immolated victims to the Lord. And they offered holocausts on the following day: one thousand bulls, one thousand rams, one thousand lambs, with their libations and with every ritual, very abundantly, for all of Israel.
29:21. And they sacrificed sacrifices unto the LORD, and offered burnt offerings unto the LORD, on the morrow after that day, [even] a thousand bullocks, a thousand rams, [and] a thousand lambs, with their drink offerings, and sacrifices in abundance for all Israel:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
29:21: With their drink-offerings - The Targum says a thousand drink-offerings, making these libations equal in number to the other offerings.
And sacrifices - These were peace-offerings, offered for the people, and on the flesh of which they feasted.
1 Chronicles 29:22
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
29:21: With their drink offerings - i. e., with the drink-offerings appropriate to each kind of burnt-offering, and required by the Law to accompany them (see Num 15:5, Num 15:7, Num 15:10, etc.).
Sacrifices - or, "thank-offerings," as the same word is translated in Ch2 29:31; Ch2 33:16. Of "peace-offerings for thanksgivings" only a small part was the priest's; the sacrificer and his friends feasted on the remainder Lev 7:15, Lev 7:29, Lev 7:34.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
29:21: sacrificed: Kg1 8:62-65; Ch2 7:4-9; Ezr 6:17
drink offerings: Lev 23:13; Num 15:5, Num 15:7, Num 15:10
Geneva 1599
And they sacrificed sacrifices unto the LORD, and offered burnt offerings unto the LORD, on the morrow after that day, [even] a thousand bullocks, a thousand rams, [and] a thousand lambs, with their (m) drink offerings, and sacrifices in abundance for all Israel:
(m) Meaning, all kinds of liquor which they mingled with their sacrifices, as wine, oil, etc.
John Gill
And they sacrificed sacrifices unto the Lord,.... David and the congregation:
and offered burnt offerings unto the Lord on the morrow after that day; not having time enough on that day to perform, at least not all of them; and these they offered on the altar David had erected in the threshingfloor of Araunah, by the order of God, where afterwards the temple was built:
even a thousand bullocks, a thousand rams, and a thousand lambs, with their burnt offerings; and meat offerings also, both which always went along with them:
and sacrifices in abundance for all Israel; whom they represented; these last were peace offerings, part of which the offerers had for themselves and friends to feast on, as these did, as follows.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
they sacrificed . . . And did eat and drink--After the business of the assembly was over, the people, under the exciting influence of the occasion, still remained, and next day engaged in the performance of solemn rites, and afterwards feasted on the remainder of the sacrifices.
29:2229:22: Կերան եւ արբին առաջի Տեառն յաւուր յայնմիկ ուրախութեամբ։ Եւ թագաւորեցուցին երկրո՛րդ անգամ զՍողոմոն որդի Դաւթի. եւ օծին զնա Տեառն ՚ի թագաւոր. եւ զՍադովկ ՚ի քահանայութիւն[4448]։ [4448] Ոմանք. Յաւուր յայնմ ուրա՛՛։
22 Այն օրը ուրախութեամբ կերան ու խմեցին Տիրոջ առջեւ, երկրորդ անգամ գահ բարձրացրին Դաւթի որդի Սողոմոնին, Տիրոջ առջեւ նրան թագաւոր օծեցին, իսկ Սադոկին՝ քահանայ:
22 Այն օրը Տէրոջը առջեւ մեծ ուրախութիւնով կերան, խմեցին ու Դաւիթին որդին Սողոմոնը նորէն թագաւոր հռչակեցին։ Զանիկա Տէրոջը համար՝ թագաւոր ու Սադովկը քահանայ օծեցին։
Կերան եւ արբին առաջի Տեառն յաւուր յայնմիկ ուրախութեամբ[476]. եւ թագաւորեցուցին երկրորդ անգամ զՍողոմոն որդի Դաւթի, եւ օծին զնա Տեառն ի թագաւոր, եւ զՍադովկ` ի քահանայութիւն:

29:22: Կերան եւ արբին առաջի Տեառն յաւուր յայնմիկ ուրախութեամբ։ Եւ թագաւորեցուցին երկրո՛րդ անգամ զՍողոմոն որդի Դաւթի. եւ օծին զնա Տեառն ՚ի թագաւոր. եւ զՍադովկ ՚ի քահանայութիւն[4448]։
[4448] Ոմանք. Յաւուր յայնմ ուրա՛՛։
22 Այն օրը ուրախութեամբ կերան ու խմեցին Տիրոջ առջեւ, երկրորդ անգամ գահ բարձրացրին Դաւթի որդի Սողոմոնին, Տիրոջ առջեւ նրան թագաւոր օծեցին, իսկ Սադոկին՝ քահանայ:
22 Այն օրը Տէրոջը առջեւ մեծ ուրախութիւնով կերան, խմեցին ու Դաւիթին որդին Սողոմոնը նորէն թագաւոր հռչակեցին։ Զանիկա Տէրոջը համար՝ թագաւոր ու Սադովկը քահանայ օծեցին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
29:2229:22 И ели и пили пред Господом в тот день, с великою радостью; и в другой раз воцарили Соломона, сына Давидова, и помазали пред Господом в правителя верховного, а Садока во священника.
29:22 καὶ και and; even ἔφαγον φαγω swallow; eat καὶ και and; even ἔπιον πινω drink ἐναντίον εναντιον next to; before κυρίου κυριος lord; master ἐν εν in ἐκείνῃ εκεινος that τῇ ο the ἡμέρᾳ ημερα day μετὰ μετα with; amid χαρᾶς χαρα joy καὶ και and; even ἐβασίλευσαν βασιλευω reign ἐκ εκ from; out of δευτέρου δευτερος second τὸν ο the Σαλωμων σαλωμων son Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith καὶ και and; even ἔχρισαν χριω anoint αὐτὸν αυτος he; him τῷ ο the κυρίῳ κυριος lord; master εἰς εις into; for βασιλέα βασιλευς monarch; king καὶ και and; even Σαδωκ σαδωκ Sadōk; Sathok εἰς εις into; for ἱερωσύνην ιερωσυνη priesthood
29:22 וַ wa וְ and יֹּאכְל֨וּ yyōḵᵊlˌû אכל eat וַ wa וְ and יִּשְׁתּ֜וּ yyištˈû שׁתה drink לִ li לְ to פְנֵ֧י fᵊnˈê פָּנֶה face יְהוָ֛ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the יֹּ֥ום yyˌôm יֹום day הַ ha הַ the ה֖וּא hˌû הוּא he בְּ bᵊ בְּ in שִׂמְחָ֣ה śimḥˈā שִׂמְחָה joy גְדֹולָ֑ה ḡᵊḏôlˈā גָּדֹול great וַ wa וְ and יַּמְלִ֤יכוּ yyamlˈîḵû מלך be king שֵׁנִית֙ šēnîṯ שֵׁנִי second לִ li לְ to שְׁלֹמֹ֣ה šᵊlōmˈō שְׁלֹמֹה Solomon בֶן־ ven- בֵּן son דָּוִ֔יד dāwˈîḏ דָּוִד David וַ wa וְ and יִּמְשְׁח֧וּ yyimšᵊḥˈû משׁח smear לַ la לְ to יהוָ֛ה [yhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH לְ lᵊ לְ to נָגִ֥יד nāḡˌîḏ נָגִיד chief וּ û וְ and לְ lᵊ לְ to צָדֹ֖וק ṣāḏˌôq צָדֹוק Zadok לְ lᵊ לְ to כֹהֵֽן׃ ḵōhˈēn כֹּהֵן priest
29:22. et comederunt et biberunt coram Domino in die illo cum grandi laetitia et unxerunt secundo Salomonem filium David unxerunt autem Domino in principem et Sadoc in pontificemAnd they ate, and drank before the Lord that day with great joy. And they anointed the second time Solomon the son of David. And they anointed him to the Lord to be prince, and Sadoc to be high priest.
22. and did eat and drink before the LORD on that day with great gladness. And they made Solomon the son of David king the second time, and anointed him unto the LORD to be prince, and Zadok to be priest.
29:22. And they ate and drank before the Lord on that day, with great rejoicing. And they anointed Solomon, the son of David, a second time. And they anointed him to the Lord as the ruler, and Zadok as the high priest.
29:22. And did eat and drink before the LORD on that day with great gladness. And they made Solomon the son of David king the second time, and anointed [him] unto the LORD [to be] the chief governor, and Zadok [to be] priest.
And did eat and drink before the LORD on that day with great gladness. And they made Solomon the son of David king the second time, and anointed [him] unto the LORD [to be] the chief governor, and Zadok [to be] priest:

29:22 И ели и пили пред Господом в тот день, с великою радостью; и в другой раз воцарили Соломона, сына Давидова, и помазали пред Господом в правителя верховного, а Садока во священника.
29:22
καὶ και and; even
ἔφαγον φαγω swallow; eat
καὶ και and; even
ἔπιον πινω drink
ἐναντίον εναντιον next to; before
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
ἐν εν in
ἐκείνῃ εκεινος that
τῇ ο the
ἡμέρᾳ ημερα day
μετὰ μετα with; amid
χαρᾶς χαρα joy
καὶ και and; even
ἐβασίλευσαν βασιλευω reign
ἐκ εκ from; out of
δευτέρου δευτερος second
τὸν ο the
Σαλωμων σαλωμων son
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
καὶ και and; even
ἔχρισαν χριω anoint
αὐτὸν αυτος he; him
τῷ ο the
κυρίῳ κυριος lord; master
εἰς εις into; for
βασιλέα βασιλευς monarch; king
καὶ και and; even
Σαδωκ σαδωκ Sadōk; Sathok
εἰς εις into; for
ἱερωσύνην ιερωσυνη priesthood
29:22
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּאכְל֨וּ yyōḵᵊlˌû אכל eat
וַ wa וְ and
יִּשְׁתּ֜וּ yyištˈû שׁתה drink
לִ li לְ to
פְנֵ֧י fᵊnˈê פָּנֶה face
יְהוָ֛ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
יֹּ֥ום yyˌôm יֹום day
הַ ha הַ the
ה֖וּא hˌû הוּא he
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
שִׂמְחָ֣ה śimḥˈā שִׂמְחָה joy
גְדֹולָ֑ה ḡᵊḏôlˈā גָּדֹול great
וַ wa וְ and
יַּמְלִ֤יכוּ yyamlˈîḵû מלך be king
שֵׁנִית֙ šēnîṯ שֵׁנִי second
לִ li לְ to
שְׁלֹמֹ֣ה šᵊlōmˈō שְׁלֹמֹה Solomon
בֶן־ ven- בֵּן son
דָּוִ֔יד dāwˈîḏ דָּוִד David
וַ wa וְ and
יִּמְשְׁח֧וּ yyimšᵊḥˈû משׁח smear
לַ la לְ to
יהוָ֛ה [yhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
לְ lᵊ לְ to
נָגִ֥יד nāḡˌîḏ נָגִיד chief
וּ û וְ and
לְ lᵊ לְ to
צָדֹ֖וק ṣāḏˌôq צָדֹוק Zadok
לְ lᵊ לְ to
כֹהֵֽן׃ ḵōhˈēn כֹּהֵן priest
29:22. et comederunt et biberunt coram Domino in die illo cum grandi laetitia et unxerunt secundo Salomonem filium David unxerunt autem Domino in principem et Sadoc in pontificem
And they ate, and drank before the Lord that day with great joy. And they anointed the second time Solomon the son of David. And they anointed him to the Lord to be prince, and Sadoc to be high priest.
29:22. And they ate and drank before the Lord on that day, with great rejoicing. And they anointed Solomon, the son of David, a second time. And they anointed him to the Lord as the ruler, and Zadok as the high priest.
29:22. And did eat and drink before the LORD on that day with great gladness. And they made Solomon the son of David king the second time, and anointed [him] unto the LORD [to be] the chief governor, and Zadok [to be] priest.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
22. Вторичное воцарение Соломона отличается от первого (XXIII:1) тем, что оно соединяется с помазанием. Помазание Садока было началом возвышения его над потомком Ифамара Авиафаром. Последний в первые же годы правления Соломона был лишен должности и удален в Анафоф (3: Цар II:26).
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
29:22: They made Solomon - king the second time - The first time of his being anointed and proclaimed king was when his brother Adonijah affected the throne; and Zadok, Nathan, and Benaiah anointed and proclaimed him in a hurry, and without pomp. See Kg1 1:39. Now that all is quiet, and David his father dead, (for he was probably so at the time of the second anointing), they anointed and proclaimed him afresh, with due ceremonies, sacrifices, etc.
To be the chief governor - To be the vicegerent or deputy of Jehovah; for God never gave up his right of king in Israel; those called kings were only his lieutenants: hence it is said, Ch1 29:23, "that Solomon sat on the throne of the Lord as king instead of David his father."
1 Chronicles 29:24
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
29:22: King the second time - Solomon's first appointment was at the time of Adonijah's rebellion (marginal reference). As that appointment was hurried and, comparatively speaking, private, David now thought it best formally to invest Solomon a second time with the sovereignty, in the face of all Israel. For a similar reason a second and public appointment of Zadok alone to the high priest's office took place. Abiathar was not as yet absolutely thrust out; but it may be doubtful whether he was ever allowed to perform high priestly functions after his rebellion Kg1 1:7; Kg1 2:27.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
29:22: eat and drink: Exo 24:11; Deu 12:7, Deu 12:11, Deu 12:12, Deu 16:14-17; Ch2 7:10; Neh 8:12; Ecc 2:24; Ecc 3:12, Ecc 3:13, Ecc 8:15, Ecc 9:7; Ti1 6:17, Ti1 6:18
the second time: Ch1 23:1
and anointed: Kg1 1:31, Kg1 1:34-39
Zadok: Kg1 2:35
John Gill
And they did eat and drink before the Lord on that day with great gladness,.... Before the ark of the Lord, which was in the tabernacle David had pitched for it:
and they made Solomon the son of David king the second time; the first was upon Adonijah's rebellion, and was done in the presence only of the inhabitants of Jerusalem; but this was done by and in the presence of all the great personages in the land:
and anointed him unto the Lord to be the chief governor; under his father during his lifetime, and then to reign in his own right:
and Zadok to be priest; high priest; which office yet he did not exercise till after the death of David, when Abiathar was thrust out by Solomon.
John Wesley
The second time - The first time, was when he was made king during Adonijah's conspiracy. And Zadok - It must be remembered that the high - priest had his viceregent who might officiate in his stead. So that this action of theirs, the anointing Zadok, did not, actually constitute him high - priest, but only settled the reversion of it upon him and his line after Abiathar's death; even as David's making Solomon king, and their anointing Solomon to be the chief governor here, did not put him into actual possession of the kingdom, but only gave him a right to it after the present king's death: hence, notwithstanding this anointing, Abiathar continued to exercise his office 'till Solomon thrust him out, 3Kings 2:27.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
before the Lord--either in the immediate vicinity of the ark, or, perhaps, rather in a religious and devout spirit, as partaking of a sacrificial meal.
made Solomon . . . king the second time--in reference to the first time, which was done precipitately on Adonijah's conspiracy (3Kings 1:35).
they . . . anointed . . . Zadok--The statement implies that his appointment met the popular approval. His elevation as sole high priest was on the disgrace of Abiathar, one of Adonijah's accomplices.
29:2329:23: Եւ նստաւ Սողոմոն յաթոռ Դաւթի հօր իւրոյ, եւ յաջողեցաւ. եւ հնազանդեցաւ նմա ամենայն Իսրայէլ.
23 Սողոմոնը նստեց իր հօր՝ Դաւթի գահին: Նա յաջողութիւնների հասաւ, նրան հնազանդուեց ամբողջ Իսրայէլը:
23 Եւ Սողոմոն իր հօրը Դաւիթին տեղը Տէրոջը աթոռին վրայ իբր թագաւոր նստաւ ու յաջողութիւն գտաւ եւ բոլոր Իսրայէլ անոր հնազանդեցաւ։
Եւ նստաւ Սողոմոն յաթոռ [477]Դաւթի հօր իւրոյ, եւ յաջողեցաւ. եւ հնազանդեցաւ նմա ամենայն Իսրայէլ:

29:23: Եւ նստաւ Սողոմոն յաթոռ Դաւթի հօր իւրոյ, եւ յաջողեցաւ. եւ հնազանդեցաւ նմա ամենայն Իսրայէլ.
23 Սողոմոնը նստեց իր հօր՝ Դաւթի գահին: Նա յաջողութիւնների հասաւ, նրան հնազանդուեց ամբողջ Իսրայէլը:
23 Եւ Սողոմոն իր հօրը Դաւիթին տեղը Տէրոջը աթոռին վրայ իբր թագաւոր նստաւ ու յաջողութիւն գտաւ եւ բոլոր Իսրայէլ անոր հնազանդեցաւ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
29:2329:23 И сел Соломон на престоле Господнем, как царь, вместо Давида, отца своего, и был благоуспешен, и весь Израиль повиновался ему.
29:23 καὶ και and; even ἐκάθισεν καθιζω sit down; seat Σαλωμων σαλωμων in; on θρόνου θρονος throne Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith τοῦ ο the πατρὸς πατηρ father αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even εὐδοκήθη ευδοκεω satisfied καὶ και and; even ἐπήκουσαν επακουω hear from αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him πᾶς πας all; every Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
29:23 וַ wa וְ and יֵּ֣שֶׁב yyˈēšev ישׁב sit שְׁ֠לֹמֹה šᵊlōmˌō שְׁלֹמֹה Solomon עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon כִּסֵּ֨א kissˌē כִּסֵּא seat יְהוָ֧ה׀ [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH לְ lᵊ לְ to מֶ֛לֶךְ mˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king תַּֽחַת־ tˈaḥaṯ- תַּחַת under part דָּוִ֥יד dāwˌîḏ דָּוִד David אָבִ֖יו ʔāvˌiʸw אָב father וַ wa וְ and יַּצְלַ֑ח yyaṣlˈaḥ צלח be strong וַ wa וְ and יִּשְׁמְע֥וּ yyišmᵊʕˌû שׁמע hear אֵלָ֖יו ʔēlˌāʸw אֶל to כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
29:23. seditque Salomon super solium Domini in regem pro David patre suo et cunctis placuit et paruit illi omnis IsrahelAnd Solomon sat on the throne of the Lord as king instead of David his father, and he pleased all: and all Israel obeyed him.
23. Then Solomon sat on the throne of the LORD as king instead of David his father, and prospered; and all Israel obeyed him.
29:23. And Solomon sat upon the throne of the Lord as king, in place of his father David, and it pleased everyone. And all of Israel obeyed him.
29:23. Then Solomon sat on the throne of the LORD as king instead of David his father, and prospered; and all Israel obeyed him.
Then Solomon sat on the throne of the LORD as king instead of David his father, and prospered; and all Israel obeyed him:

29:23 И сел Соломон на престоле Господнем, как царь, вместо Давида, отца своего, и был благоуспешен, и весь Израиль повиновался ему.
29:23
καὶ και and; even
ἐκάθισεν καθιζω sit down; seat
Σαλωμων σαλωμων in; on
θρόνου θρονος throne
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
τοῦ ο the
πατρὸς πατηρ father
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
εὐδοκήθη ευδοκεω satisfied
καὶ και and; even
ἐπήκουσαν επακουω hear from
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
πᾶς πας all; every
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
29:23
וַ wa וְ and
יֵּ֣שֶׁב yyˈēšev ישׁב sit
שְׁ֠לֹמֹה šᵊlōmˌō שְׁלֹמֹה Solomon
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
כִּסֵּ֨א kissˌē כִּסֵּא seat
יְהוָ֧ה׀ [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מֶ֛לֶךְ mˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king
תַּֽחַת־ tˈaḥaṯ- תַּחַת under part
דָּוִ֥יד dāwˌîḏ דָּוִד David
אָבִ֖יו ʔāvˌiʸw אָב father
וַ wa וְ and
יַּצְלַ֑ח yyaṣlˈaḥ צלח be strong
וַ wa וְ and
יִּשְׁמְע֥וּ yyišmᵊʕˌû שׁמע hear
אֵלָ֖יו ʔēlˌāʸw אֶל to
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
29:23. seditque Salomon super solium Domini in regem pro David patre suo et cunctis placuit et paruit illi omnis Israhel
And Solomon sat on the throne of the Lord as king instead of David his father, and he pleased all: and all Israel obeyed him.
29:23. And Solomon sat upon the throne of the Lord as king, in place of his father David, and it pleased everyone. And all of Israel obeyed him.
29:23. Then Solomon sat on the throne of the LORD as king instead of David his father, and prospered; and all Israel obeyed him.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ mh▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
23-25. Общая характеристика правления вполне соответствует тенденции автора отмечать только светлые стороны (ср. ст. 24: с 3: Цар I:5: и д.). Впрочем, замечание, что он превосходил своей славой предшествовавших ему царей израильских, т. е. Саула и Давида, не представляет гиперболы.
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
Solomon Magnified. B. C. 1015.

23 Then Solomon sat on the throne of the LORD as king instead of David his father, and prospered; and all Israel obeyed him. 24 And all the princes, and the mighty men, and all the sons likewise of king David, submitted themselves unto Solomon the king. 25 And the LORD magnified Solomon exceedingly in the sight of all Israel, and bestowed upon him such royal majesty as had not been on any king before him in Israel. 26 Thus David the son of Jesse reigned over all Israel. 27 And the time that he reigned over Israel was forty years; seven years reigned he in Hebron, and thirty and three years reigned he in Jerusalem. 28 And he died in a good old age, full of days, riches, and honour: and Solomon his son reigned in his stead. 29 Now the acts of David the king, first and last, behold, they are written in the book of Samuel the seer, and in the book of Nathan the prophet, and in the book of Gad the seer, 30 With all his reign and his might, and the times that went over him, and over Israel, and over all the kingdoms of the countries.
These verses bring king Solomon to his throne and king David to his grave. Thus the rising generation thrusts out that which went before, and says, "Make room for us." Every one has his day.
I. Here is Solomon rising (v. 23): Solomon sat on the throne of the Lord. Not his throne which he prepared in the heavens, but the throne of Israel is called the throne of the Lord because not only is he King of all nations, and all kings rule under him, but he was in a peculiar manner King of Israel, 1 Sam. xii. 12. He had the founding, he had the filling, of their throne, by immediate direction. The municipal laws of their kingdom were divine. Urim and prophets were the privy counsellors of their princes; therefore is their throne called the throne of the Lord. Solomon's kingdom typified the kingdom of the Messiah, and his is indeed the throne of the Lord; for the Father judgeth no man, but hath committed all judgment to him; hence he calls him his King, Ps. ii. 6. Being set on the throne of the Lord, the throne to which God called him, he prospered. Those that follow the divine guidance may expect success by the divine blessing. Solomon prospered; for, 1. His people paid honour to him, as one to whom honour is due: All Israel obeyed him, that is, were ready to swear allegiance to him (v. 23), the princes and mighty men, and even the sons of David, though by seniority their title to the crown was prior to his, and they might think themselves wronged by his advancement. God thought fit to make him king, and made him fit to be so, and therefore they all submitted themselves to him. God inclined their hearts to do so, that his reign might, from the first, be peaceable. His father was a better man than he, and yet came to the crown with much difficulty, after long delay, and by many and slow steps. David had more faith, and therefore had it more tried. They submitted themselves (Heb. They gave the hand under Solomon), that is, bound themselves by oath to be true to him (putting the hand under the thigh was a ceremony anciently used in swearing); or they were so entirely devoted that they would put their hand under his feet to serve him. 2. God put honour upon him; for those that honour him he will honour: The Lord magnified Solomon exceedingly, v. 25. His very countenance and presence, I am apt to think, had something in them very great and awful. All he said and all he did commanded respect. None of all the judges or kings of Israel, his predecessors, made such a figure as he did nor lived in such splendour.
II. Here is David's setting, that great man going off the stage. The historian here brings him to the end of his day, leaves him asleep, and draws the curtains about him.
1. He gives a summary account of the years of his reign, v. 26, 27. He reigned forty years, as did Moses, Othniel, Deborah, Gideon, Eli, Samuel, and Saul, who were before him, and Solomon after him.
2. He gives a short account of his death (v. 28), that he died full of days, riches, and honour; that is, (1.) Loaded with them. He was very old, and very rich, and very much honoured both of God and man. He had been a man of war from his youth, and, as such, had his soul continually in his hand; yet he was not cut off in the midst of his days, but was preserved through all dangers of a military life, lived to a good old age, and died in peace, died in his bed, and yet in the bed of honour. (2.) Satiated with them. He was full of days, riches, and honour; that is, he had enough of this world and of the riches and honours of it, and knew when he had enough, for he was very willing to die and leave it, having said (Ps. xlix. 15), God shall receive me, and (Ps. xxiii. 4), Thou art with me. A good man will soon be full of days, riches, and honour, but will never be satisfied with them; no satisfaction but in God's loving kindness.
3. For a fuller account of David's life and reign he refers to the histories or records of those times, which were written by Samuel while he lived, and continued, after his death, by Nathan and Gad, v. 29. There was related what was observable in his government at home and his wars abroad, the times, that is, the events of the times, that went over him, v. 29, 30. These registers were then in being, but are now lost. Note, Good use may be made of those histories of the church which are authentic though not sacred or of divine inspiration.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
29:23: The throne of David is called here "the throne of the Lord," as in Ch1 28:5 it is called "the throne of the kingdom of the Lord," because God had set it up and had promised to establish it.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
29:23: sat on the throne: Ch1 17:11, Ch1 17:12, Ch1 28:5; Psa 132:11; Isa 9:6, Isa 9:7
prospered: Ch1 22:11
all Israel: Ecc 8:2-5; Rom 13:1
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

Solomon's accession and David's death, with a statement as to the length of his reign and the sources of the history. - 1Chron 29:23-25. The remarks on Solomon's accession and reign contained in these verses are necessary to the complete conclusion of a history of David's reign, for they show how David's wishes for his son Solomon, whom Jahve chose to be his successor, were fulfilled. On יהוה על־כּסּא see the commentary on 1Chron 28:5. ויּצלח, he was prosperous, corresponds to the hope expressed by David (1Chron 22:13), which was also fulfilled by the submission of all princes and heroes, and also of all the king's sons, to King Solomon (1Chron 29:24). There can hardly, however, be in these last words a reference to the frustrating of Adonijah's attempted usurpation of the throne (cf. 3Kings 1:15.). תּחת יד נתן = to submit. But this meaning is not derived (Rashi) from the custom of taking oaths of fidelity by clasping of hands, for this custom cannot be certainly proved to have existed among the Israelites; still less can it have arisen from the ancient custom mentioned in Gen 24:2, Gen 24:9; Gen 47:29, of laying the hand under the thigh of the person to whom one swore in making promises with oath. The hand, as the instrument of all activity, is here simply a symbol of power.
Geneva 1599
Then Solomon sat on the (n) throne of the LORD as king instead of David his father, and prospered; and all Israel obeyed him.
(n) This declares that the kings of Judah were figures of Christ, who was the true anointed, and to whom God gave the chief government of all things.
John Gill
Then Solomon sat on the throne of the Lord,.... Who had given it to him, and established him on it, and whose vicegerent he was, and over whose people he ruled:
as king instead of David; he was viceroy to him in his life time, and succeeded him at his death, when he had the full power of government:
and prospered; his reign was happy and peaceable:
and all Israel obeyed him; at once; whereas it was some time, even years, before all Israel obeyed David.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
Solomon sat on the throne of the Lord--As king of Israel, he was the Lord's vicegerent.
29:2429:24: իշխանք եւ զօրաւորք, եւ ամենայն որդիք արքայի Դաւթի հօրն նորա՝ հնազանդեցան նմա[4449]։ [4449] Ոմանք. Իշխանքն զօրաւորք։
24 Իշխանները, հզօր մարդիկ եւ իր հայր Դաւիթ արքայի բոլոր որդիները հնազանդուեցին նրան:
24 Ու բոլոր իշխաններն ու զօրապետները եւ Դաւիթ թագաւորին բոլոր որդիներն ալ Սողոմոն թագաւորին հնազանդեցան։
[478]Իշխանք եւ զօրաւորք եւ ամենայն որդիք արքայի Դաւթի [479]հօրն նորա հնազանդեցան նմա:

29:24: իշխանք եւ զօրաւորք, եւ ամենայն որդիք արքայի Դաւթի հօրն նորա՝ հնազանդեցան նմա[4449]։
[4449] Ոմանք. Իշխանքն զօրաւորք։
24 Իշխանները, հզօր մարդիկ եւ իր հայր Դաւիթ արքայի բոլոր որդիները հնազանդուեցին նրան:
24 Ու բոլոր իշխաններն ու զօրապետները եւ Դաւիթ թագաւորին բոլոր որդիներն ալ Սողոմոն թագաւորին հնազանդեցան։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
29:2429:24 И все начальники и сильные, также и все сыновья царя Давида подчинились Соломону царю.
29:24 οἱ ο the ἄρχοντες αρχων ruling; ruler καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the δυνάσται δυναστης dynasty; dynast καὶ και and; even πάντες πας all; every υἱοὶ υιος son τοῦ ο the βασιλέως βασιλευς monarch; king Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith πατρὸς πατηρ father αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ὑπετάγησαν υποτασσω subordinate; subject αὐτῷ αυτος he; him
29:24 וְ wᵊ וְ and כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the שָּׂרִים֙ śśārîm שַׂר chief וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the גִּבֹּרִ֔ים ggibbōrˈîm גִּבֹּור vigorous וְ wᵊ וְ and גַ֕ם ḡˈam גַּם even כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole בְּנֵ֖י bᵊnˌê בֵּן son הַ ha הַ the מֶּ֣לֶךְ mmˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king דָּוִ֑יד dāwˈîḏ דָּוִד David נָ֣תְנוּ nˈāṯᵊnû נתן give יָ֔ד yˈāḏ יָד hand תַּ֖חַת tˌaḥaṯ תַּחַת under part שְׁלֹמֹ֥ה šᵊlōmˌō שְׁלֹמֹה Solomon הַ ha הַ the מֶּֽלֶךְ׃ mmˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king
29:24. sed et universi principes et potentes et cuncti filii regis David dederunt manum et subiecti fuerunt Salomoni regiAnd all the princes, and men of power, and all the sons of king David gave their hand, and were subject to Solomon the king.
24. And all the princes, and the mighty men, and all the sons likewise of king David, submitted themselves unto Solomon the king.
29:24. Moreover, all the leaders, and the powerful, and all the sons of king David pledged with their hand, and they became subject to king Solomon.
29:24. And all the princes, and the mighty men, and all the sons likewise of king David, submitted themselves unto Solomon the king.
And all the princes, and the mighty men, and all the sons likewise of king David, submitted themselves unto Solomon the king:

29:24 И все начальники и сильные, также и все сыновья царя Давида подчинились Соломону царю.
29:24
οἱ ο the
ἄρχοντες αρχων ruling; ruler
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
δυνάσται δυναστης dynasty; dynast
καὶ και and; even
πάντες πας all; every
υἱοὶ υιος son
τοῦ ο the
βασιλέως βασιλευς monarch; king
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
πατρὸς πατηρ father
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ὑπετάγησαν υποτασσω subordinate; subject
αὐτῷ αυτος he; him
29:24
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
שָּׂרִים֙ śśārîm שַׂר chief
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
גִּבֹּרִ֔ים ggibbōrˈîm גִּבֹּור vigorous
וְ wᵊ וְ and
גַ֕ם ḡˈam גַּם even
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
בְּנֵ֖י bᵊnˌê בֵּן son
הַ ha הַ the
מֶּ֣לֶךְ mmˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king
דָּוִ֑יד dāwˈîḏ דָּוִד David
נָ֣תְנוּ nˈāṯᵊnû נתן give
יָ֔ד yˈāḏ יָד hand
תַּ֖חַת tˌaḥaṯ תַּחַת under part
שְׁלֹמֹ֥ה šᵊlōmˌō שְׁלֹמֹה Solomon
הַ ha הַ the
מֶּֽלֶךְ׃ mmˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king
29:24. sed et universi principes et potentes et cuncti filii regis David dederunt manum et subiecti fuerunt Salomoni regi
And all the princes, and men of power, and all the sons of king David gave their hand, and were subject to Solomon the king.
29:24. Moreover, all the leaders, and the powerful, and all the sons of king David pledged with their hand, and they became subject to king Solomon.
29:24. And all the princes, and the mighty men, and all the sons likewise of king David, submitted themselves unto Solomon the king.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
29:24: Submitted themselves - נתנו יד תחת שלמה nathenu yad tachath Shelomoh. "They gave the hand under Solomon;" they swore fealty to him. We have already seen that putting the hand under the thigh (super sectionem circumcisionis) was the form of taking an oath. See the note on Gen 24:9.
1 Chronicles 29:28
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
29:24: all the princes: Ch1 22:17, Ch1 28:21
all the sons: Ch1 2:3-9; Kg1 1:50-53, Kg1 2:24, Kg1 2:25
submitted themselves unto: Heb. gave the hand under, Gen 24:2, Gen 47:29; Ch2 30:8 *marg. Eze 17:18
John Gill
And all the princes and the mighty men,.... The princes of the tribes, and the officers of the army:
and all the sons likewise of King David; as many as were living: and though they were elder than Solomon:
they submitted to Solomon the king; or "gave the hand under" (t) him, promised obedience, and swore allegiance to him, see Gen 24:2.
(t) "dederunt manum sub Selomoh", Pagninus, Montanus, Michaelis.
John Wesley
Of the Lord - On the throne of Israel, which is called the throne of the Lord, because the Lord himself was in a peculiar manner the king and governor of Israel. He had the founding, he had the filling of their throne, by immediate direction.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
submitted themselves--Hebrew, "put their hands under Solomon," according to the custom still practised in the East of putting a hand under the king's extended hand and kissing the back of it (4Kings 10:15).
29:2529:25: Եւ մեծացո՛յց Տէր զՍողոմոն ՚ի վերուստ առաջի ամենայն Իսրայէլի, եւ ետ նմա փառս թագաւորութեան. որ ո՛չ ումեք եղեւ ամենեցուն թագաւորացն որք յառաջ քան զնա[4450]։ [4450] Ոմանք. Եւ ետ նմա փառս թագաւորութեամբ։
25 Տէրն ի վերուստ բարձրացրեց Սողոմոնին բոլոր իսրայէլացիների առաջ, նրան այնպիսի թագաւորական փառք տուեց, որի նմանը նրանից առաջ եղած ոչ մի թագաւոր չէր ունեցել:
25 Տէրը բոլոր Իսրայէլին առջեւ Սողոմոնը խիստ մեծցուց եւ անոր այնպէս թագաւորական փառք մը տուաւ, որ անկէ առաջ Իսրայէլի ոեւէ թագաւորի եղած չէր։
Եւ մեծացոյց Տէր զՍողոմոն ի վերուստ առաջի ամենայն Իսրայելի, եւ ետ նմա փառս թագաւորութեան, որ ոչ ումեք եղեւ ամենեցուն թագաւորացն որք յառաջ քան զնա[480]:

29:25: Եւ մեծացո՛յց Տէր զՍողոմոն ՚ի վերուստ առաջի ամենայն Իսրայէլի, եւ ետ նմա փառս թագաւորութեան. որ ո՛չ ումեք եղեւ ամենեցուն թագաւորացն որք յառաջ քան զնա[4450]։
[4450] Ոմանք. Եւ ետ նմա փառս թագաւորութեամբ։
25 Տէրն ի վերուստ բարձրացրեց Սողոմոնին բոլոր իսրայէլացիների առաջ, նրան այնպիսի թագաւորական փառք տուեց, որի նմանը նրանից առաջ եղած ոչ մի թագաւոր չէր ունեցել:
25 Տէրը բոլոր Իսրայէլին առջեւ Սողոմոնը խիստ մեծցուց եւ անոր այնպէս թագաւորական փառք մը տուաւ, որ անկէ առաջ Իսրայէլի ոեւէ թագաւորի եղած չէր։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
29:2529:25 И возвеличил Господь Соломона пред очами всего Израиля, и даровал ему славу царства, какой не имел прежде его ни один царь у Израиля.
29:25 καὶ και and; even ἐμεγάλυνεν μεγαλυνω enlarge; magnify κύριος κυριος lord; master τὸν ο the Σαλωμων σαλωμων next to; before παντὸς πας all; every Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel καὶ και and; even ἔδωκεν διδωμι give; deposit αὐτῷ αυτος he; him δόξαν δοξα glory βασιλέως βασιλευς monarch; king ὃ ος who; what οὐκ ου not ἐγένετο γινομαι happen; become ἐπὶ επι in; on παντὸς πας all; every βασιλέως βασιλευς monarch; king ἔμπροσθεν εμπροσθεν in front; before αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
29:25 וַ wa וְ and יְגַדֵּ֨ל yᵊḡaddˌēl גדל be strong יְהוָ֤ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] שְׁלֹמֹה֙ šᵊlōmˌō שְׁלֹמֹה Solomon לְ lᵊ לְ to מַ֔עְלָה mˈaʕlā מַעַל top לְ lᵊ לְ to עֵינֵ֖י ʕênˌê עַיִן eye כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel וַ wa וְ and יִּתֵּ֤ן yyittˈēn נתן give עָלָיו֙ ʕālāʸw עַל upon הֹ֣וד hˈôḏ הֹוד splendour מַלְכ֔וּת malᵊḵˈûṯ מַלְכוּת kingship אֲ֠שֶׁר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not הָיָ֧ה hāyˈā היה be עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole מֶ֛לֶךְ mˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king לְ lᵊ לְ to פָנָ֖יו fānˌāʸw פָּנֶה face עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ פ yiśrāʔˈēl . f יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
29:25. magnificavit ergo Dominus Salomonem super omnem Israhel et dedit illi gloriam regni qualem nullus habuit ante eum rex IsrahelAnd the Lord magnified Solomon over all Israel: and gave him the glory of a reign, such as no king of Israel had before him.
25. And the LORD magnified Solomon exceedingly in the sight of all Israel, and bestowed upon him such royal majesty as had not been on any king before him in Israel.
29:25. Then the Lord magnified Solomon over all of Israel. And he gave to him a glorious reign, of a kind such as no one has had before him, as king of Israel.
29:25. And the LORD magnified Solomon exceedingly in the sight of all Israel, and bestowed upon him [such] royal majesty as had not been on any king before him in Israel.
And the LORD magnified Solomon exceedingly in the sight of all Israel, and bestowed upon him [such] royal majesty as had not been on any king before him in Israel:

29:25 И возвеличил Господь Соломона пред очами всего Израиля, и даровал ему славу царства, какой не имел прежде его ни один царь у Израиля.
29:25
καὶ και and; even
ἐμεγάλυνεν μεγαλυνω enlarge; magnify
κύριος κυριος lord; master
τὸν ο the
Σαλωμων σαλωμων next to; before
παντὸς πας all; every
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
καὶ και and; even
ἔδωκεν διδωμι give; deposit
αὐτῷ αυτος he; him
δόξαν δοξα glory
βασιλέως βασιλευς monarch; king
ος who; what
οὐκ ου not
ἐγένετο γινομαι happen; become
ἐπὶ επι in; on
παντὸς πας all; every
βασιλέως βασιλευς monarch; king
ἔμπροσθεν εμπροσθεν in front; before
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
29:25
וַ wa וְ and
יְגַדֵּ֨ל yᵊḡaddˌēl גדל be strong
יְהוָ֤ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
שְׁלֹמֹה֙ šᵊlōmˌō שְׁלֹמֹה Solomon
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מַ֔עְלָה mˈaʕlā מַעַל top
לְ lᵊ לְ to
עֵינֵ֖י ʕênˌê עַיִן eye
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
וַ wa וְ and
יִּתֵּ֤ן yyittˈēn נתן give
עָלָיו֙ ʕālāʸw עַל upon
הֹ֣וד hˈôḏ הֹוד splendour
מַלְכ֔וּת malᵊḵˈûṯ מַלְכוּת kingship
אֲ֠שֶׁר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not
הָיָ֧ה hāyˈā היה be
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
מֶ֛לֶךְ mˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king
לְ lᵊ לְ to
פָנָ֖יו fānˌāʸw פָּנֶה face
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ פ yiśrāʔˈēl . f יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
29:25. magnificavit ergo Dominus Salomonem super omnem Israhel et dedit illi gloriam regni qualem nullus habuit ante eum rex Israhel
And the Lord magnified Solomon over all Israel: and gave him the glory of a reign, such as no king of Israel had before him.
29:25. Then the Lord magnified Solomon over all of Israel. And he gave to him a glorious reign, of a kind such as no one has had before him, as king of Israel.
29:25. And the LORD magnified Solomon exceedingly in the sight of all Israel, and bestowed upon him [such] royal majesty as had not been on any king before him in Israel.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
29:25: magnified Solomon: Jos 3:7, Jos 4:14; Ch2 1:1; Job 7:17; Act 19:17
bestowed: Kg1 3:13; Ch2 1:12; Ecc 2:9; Dan 5:18, Dan 5:19; Heb 2:9
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

Jahve made Solomon very great, by giving him the glory of the kingdom, as no king before him had had it. כּל is to be taken along with לא, nullus, and does not presuppose a number of kings before Solomon; it involves only more than one. Before him, Saul, Ishbosheth, and David had been kings, and the kingship of the latter had been covered with glory.
John Gill
And the Lord magnified Solomon exceedingly before all Israel,.... By giving him such a large share of wisdom and understanding in government:
and bestowed upon him such royal majesty; not only such wealth and riches, but such honour and reverence:
as had not been on any king before him in Israel; not on Saul, nor even on David.
29:2629:26: Եւ Դաւիթ որդի Յեսսեայ թագաւորեաց ՚ի վերայ Իսրայէլի ամս քառասուն.
26 Յեսսէի որդի Դաւիթը Իսրայէլի վրայ թագաւորեց քառասուն տարի.
26 Այսպէս Յեսսէին որդին Դաւիթ բոլոր Իսրայէլի վրայ թագաւորութիւն ըրաւ։
Եւ Դաւիթ որդի Յեսսեայ թագաւորեաց ի վերայ [481]Իսրայելի ամս քառասուն:

29:26: Եւ Դաւիթ որդի Յեսսեայ թագաւորեաց ՚ի վերայ Իսրայէլի ամս քառասուն.
26 Յեսսէի որդի Դաւիթը Իսրայէլի վրայ թագաւորեց քառասուն տարի.
26 Այսպէս Յեսսէին որդին Դաւիթ բոլոր Իսրայէլի վրայ թագաւորութիւն ըրաւ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
29:2629:26 И Давид, сын Иессеев, царствовал над всем Израилем.
29:26 καὶ και and; even Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith υἱὸς υιος son Ιεσσαι ιεσσαι Iessai; Iesse ἐβασίλευσεν βασιλευω reign ἐπὶ επι in; on Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
29:26 וְ wᵊ וְ and דָוִיד֙ ḏāwîḏ דָּוִד David בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son יִשָׁ֔י yišˈāy יִשַׁי Jesse מָלַ֖ךְ mālˌaḵ מלך be king עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
29:26. igitur David filius Isai regnavit super universum IsrahelSo David the son of Isai reigned over all Israel.
26. Now David the son of Jesse reigned over all Israel.
29:26. Now David, the son of Jesse, reigned over all of Israel.
29:26. Thus David the son of Jesse reigned over all Israel.
Thus David the son of Jesse reigned over all Israel:

29:26 И Давид, сын Иессеев, царствовал над всем Израилем.
29:26
καὶ και and; even
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
υἱὸς υιος son
Ιεσσαι ιεσσαι Iessai; Iesse
ἐβασίλευσεν βασιλευω reign
ἐπὶ επι in; on
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
29:26
וְ wᵊ וְ and
דָוִיד֙ ḏāwîḏ דָּוִד David
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
יִשָׁ֔י yišˈāy יִשַׁי Jesse
מָלַ֖ךְ mālˌaḵ מלך be king
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
29:26. igitur David filius Isai regnavit super universum Israhel
So David the son of Isai reigned over all Israel.
29:26. Now David, the son of Jesse, reigned over all of Israel.
29:26. Thus David the son of Jesse reigned over all Israel.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
29:26: over all Israel: Ch1 18:14; Psa 78:71, Psa 78:72
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

כּל־ישׂראל על (as in 1Chron 11:1; 1Chron 12:38), referring to the fact that David had been for a time king only over Judah, but had been recognised at a later time by all the tribes of Israel as king. The length of his reign as in 3Kings 2:11. In Hebron seven years; according to 2Kings 5:5, more exactly seven years and six months.
John Gill
Thus David the son of Jesse reigned over all Israel. As before related in this book, and in the second book of Samuel; his reign being long and glorious.
John Wesley
Thus, &c. - This sacred writer having mentioned the anointing of Solomon and upon that occasion proceeded to give a farther account of Solomon's actual settlement in his kingdom, returns to his main business, to give an account of the close of David's reign and life. He here brings him to the end of his day, leaves him asleep, and draws the curtains about him.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
HIS REIGN AND DEATH. (1Chron 29:26-30)
Thus David . . . reigned--(See 3Kings 2:11).
29:2729:27: ՚ի Քեբրոն ամս եւթն, եւ յԵրուսաղէմ ամս երեսուն եւ երեք։
27 Քեբրոնում՝ եօթը տարի եւ Երուսաղէմում՝ երեսուներեք տարի:
27 Անիկա Իսրայէլի վրայ քառասուն տարի թագաւորեց։ Քեբրոնի մէջ՝ եօթը տարի ու Երուսաղէմի մէջ՝ երեսունըերեք տարի թագաւորեց։
ի Քեբրոն ամս եւթն, եւ յԵրուսաղէմ ամս երեսուն եւ երեք:

29:27: ՚ի Քեբրոն ամս եւթն, եւ յԵրուսաղէմ ամս երեսուն եւ երեք։
27 Քեբրոնում՝ եօթը տարի եւ Երուսաղէմում՝ երեսուներեք տարի:
27 Անիկա Իսրայէլի վրայ քառասուն տարի թագաւորեց։ Քեբրոնի մէջ՝ եօթը տարի ու Երուսաղէմի մէջ՝ երեսունըերեք տարի թագաւորեց։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
29:2729:27 Времени царствования его над Израилем {было} сорок лет: в Хевроне царствовал он семь лет, и в Иерусалиме царствовал тридцать три {года}.
29:27 ἔτη ετος year τεσσαράκοντα τεσσαρακοντα forty ἐν εν in Χεβρων χεβρων year ἑπτὰ επτα seven καὶ και and; even ἐν εν in Ιερουσαλημ ιερουσαλημ Jerusalem ἔτη ετος year τριάκοντα τριακοντα thirty τρία τρεις three
29:27 וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the יָּמִ֗ים yyāmˈîm יֹום day אֲשֶׁ֤ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] מָלַךְ֙ mālaḵ מלך be king עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel אַרְבָּעִ֖ים ʔarbāʕˌîm אַרְבַּע four שָׁנָ֑ה šānˈā שָׁנָה year בְּ bᵊ בְּ in חֶבְרֹ֤ון ḥevrˈôn חֶבְרֹון Hebron מָלַךְ֙ mālaḵ מלך be king שֶׁ֣בַע šˈevaʕ שֶׁבַע seven שָׁנִ֔ים šānˈîm שָׁנָה year וּ û וְ and בִ vi בְּ in ירוּשָׁלִַ֥ם yrûšālˌaim יְרוּשָׁלִַם Jerusalem מָלַ֖ךְ mālˌaḵ מלך be king שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים šᵊlōšˌîm שָׁלֹשׁ three וְ wᵊ וְ and שָׁלֹֽושׁ׃ šālˈôš שָׁלֹשׁ three
29:27. et dies quibus regnavit super Israhel fuerunt quadraginta anni in Hebron regnavit septem annis et in Hierusalem triginta tribusAnd the days that he reigned over Israel, were forty years: in Hebron he reigned seven years, and in Jerusalem three and thirty years.
27. And the time that he reigned over Israel was forty years; seven years reigned he in Hebron, and thirty and three reigned he in Jerusalem.
29:27. And the days during which he reigned over Israel were forty years. He reigned seven years in Hebron, and thirty-three years in Jerusalem.
29:27. And the time that he reigned over Israel [was] forty years; seven years reigned he in Hebron, and thirty and three [years] reigned he in Jerusalem.
And the time that he reigned over Israel [was] forty years; seven years reigned he in Hebron, and thirty and three [years] reigned he in Jerusalem:

29:27 Времени царствования его над Израилем {было} сорок лет: в Хевроне царствовал он семь лет, и в Иерусалиме царствовал тридцать три {года}.
29:27
ἔτη ετος year
τεσσαράκοντα τεσσαρακοντα forty
ἐν εν in
Χεβρων χεβρων year
ἑπτὰ επτα seven
καὶ και and; even
ἐν εν in
Ιερουσαλημ ιερουσαλημ Jerusalem
ἔτη ετος year
τριάκοντα τριακοντα thirty
τρία τρεις three
29:27
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
יָּמִ֗ים yyāmˈîm יֹום day
אֲשֶׁ֤ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
מָלַךְ֙ mālaḵ מלך be king
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
אַרְבָּעִ֖ים ʔarbāʕˌîm אַרְבַּע four
שָׁנָ֑ה šānˈā שָׁנָה year
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
חֶבְרֹ֤ון ḥevrˈôn חֶבְרֹון Hebron
מָלַךְ֙ mālaḵ מלך be king
שֶׁ֣בַע šˈevaʕ שֶׁבַע seven
שָׁנִ֔ים šānˈîm שָׁנָה year
וּ û וְ and
בִ vi בְּ in
ירוּשָׁלִַ֥ם yrûšālˌaim יְרוּשָׁלִַם Jerusalem
מָלַ֖ךְ mālˌaḵ מלך be king
שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים šᵊlōšˌîm שָׁלֹשׁ three
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שָׁלֹֽושׁ׃ šālˈôš שָׁלֹשׁ three
29:27. et dies quibus regnavit super Israhel fuerunt quadraginta anni in Hebron regnavit septem annis et in Hierusalem triginta tribus
And the days that he reigned over Israel, were forty years: in Hebron he reigned seven years, and in Jerusalem three and thirty years.
29:27. And the days during which he reigned over Israel were forty years. He reigned seven years in Hebron, and thirty-three years in Jerusalem.
29:27. And the time that he reigned over Israel [was] forty years; seven years reigned he in Hebron, and thirty and three [years] reigned he in Jerusalem.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
27. По 2: Цар V:5, Давид царствовал в Xевроне 7: 1/2: лет.

Магистр богословия священник А. В. Петровский
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
29:27: forty years: Ch1 3:4; Sa2 5:4, Sa2 5:5; Kg1 2:11
John Gill
And the time that he reigned over Israel was forty years,.... See 3Kings 2:11.
29:2829:28: Եւ վախճանեցա՛ւ բարի ծերութեամբ, լի՛ աւուրբք՝ մեծութեամբ եւ փառօք. եւ թագաւորեաց Սողոմոն որդի նորա փոխանակ նորա։
28 Նա վախճանուեց խոր ծերութեան մէջ, առաջացած տարիքում, հարստութեան մէջ ու փառքով: Նրա Սողոմոն որդին թագաւորեց նրա փոխարէն:
28 Բարի ծերութեամբ մեռաւ, կեանքէն, մեծութենէն ու փառքէն իր բաղձանքը առած եւ անոր տեղ իր որդին Սողոմոն թագաւոր եղաւ։
Եւ վախճանեցաւ բարի ծերութեամբ, լի աւուրբք, մեծութեամբ եւ փառօք. եւ թագաւորեաց Սողոմոն որդի նորա փոխանակ նորա:

29:28: Եւ վախճանեցա՛ւ բարի ծերութեամբ, լի՛ աւուրբք՝ մեծութեամբ եւ փառօք. եւ թագաւորեաց Սողոմոն որդի նորա փոխանակ նորա։
28 Նա վախճանուեց խոր ծերութեան մէջ, առաջացած տարիքում, հարստութեան մէջ ու փառքով: Նրա Սողոմոն որդին թագաւորեց նրա փոխարէն:
28 Բարի ծերութեամբ մեռաւ, կեանքէն, մեծութենէն ու փառքէն իր բաղձանքը առած եւ անոր տեղ իր որդին Սողոմոն թագաւոր եղաւ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
29:2829:28 И умер в доброй старости, насыщенный жизнью, богатством и славою; и воцарился Соломон, сын его, вместо него.
29:28 καὶ και and; even ἐτελεύτησεν τελευταω meet an end ἐν εν in γήρει γηρας old age καλῷ καλος fine; fair πλήρης πληρης full ἡμερῶν ημερα day πλούτῳ πλουτος wealth; richness καὶ και and; even δόξῃ δοξα glory καὶ και and; even ἐβασίλευσεν βασιλευω reign Σαλωμων σαλωμων son αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ἀντ᾿ αντι against; instead of αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
29:28 וַ wa וְ and יָּ֨מָת֙ yyˈāmoṯ מות die בְּ bᵊ בְּ in שֵׂיבָ֣ה śêvˈā שֵׂיבָה age טֹובָ֔ה ṭôvˈā טֹוב good שְׂבַ֥ע śᵊvˌaʕ שָׂבֵעַ sated יָמִ֖ים yāmˌîm יֹום day עֹ֣שֶׁר ʕˈōšer עֹשֶׁר riches וְ wᵊ וְ and כָבֹ֑וד ḵāvˈôḏ כָּבֹוד weight וַ wa וְ and יִּמְלֹ֛ךְ yyimlˈōḵ מלך be king שְׁלֹמֹ֥ה šᵊlōmˌō שְׁלֹמֹה Solomon בְנֹ֖ו vᵊnˌô בֵּן son תַּחְתָּֽיו׃ taḥtˈāʸw תַּחַת under part
29:28. et mortuus est in senectute bona plenus dierum et divitiis et gloria regnavitque Salomon filius eius pro eoAnd he died in a good age, full of days, and riches, and glory. And Solomon his son reigned in his stead.
28. And he died in a good old age, full of days, riches, and honour: and Solomon his son reigned in his stead.
29:28. And he died at a good old age, full of days and wealth and glory. And his son Solomon reigned in his place.
29:28. And he died in a good old age, full of days, riches, and honour: and Solomon his son reigned in his stead.
And he died in a good old age, full of days, riches, and honour: and Solomon his son reigned in his stead:

29:28 И умер в доброй старости, насыщенный жизнью, богатством и славою; и воцарился Соломон, сын его, вместо него.
29:28
καὶ και and; even
ἐτελεύτησεν τελευταω meet an end
ἐν εν in
γήρει γηρας old age
καλῷ καλος fine; fair
πλήρης πληρης full
ἡμερῶν ημερα day
πλούτῳ πλουτος wealth; richness
καὶ και and; even
δόξῃ δοξα glory
καὶ και and; even
ἐβασίλευσεν βασιλευω reign
Σαλωμων σαλωμων son
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ἀντ᾿ αντι against; instead of
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
29:28
וַ wa וְ and
יָּ֨מָת֙ yyˈāmoṯ מות die
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
שֵׂיבָ֣ה śêvˈā שֵׂיבָה age
טֹובָ֔ה ṭôvˈā טֹוב good
שְׂבַ֥ע śᵊvˌaʕ שָׂבֵעַ sated
יָמִ֖ים yāmˌîm יֹום day
עֹ֣שֶׁר ʕˈōšer עֹשֶׁר riches
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כָבֹ֑וד ḵāvˈôḏ כָּבֹוד weight
וַ wa וְ and
יִּמְלֹ֛ךְ yyimlˈōḵ מלך be king
שְׁלֹמֹ֥ה šᵊlōmˌō שְׁלֹמֹה Solomon
בְנֹ֖ו vᵊnˌô בֵּן son
תַּחְתָּֽיו׃ taḥtˈāʸw תַּחַת under part
29:28. et mortuus est in senectute bona plenus dierum et divitiis et gloria regnavitque Salomon filius eius pro eo
And he died in a good age, full of days, and riches, and glory. And Solomon his son reigned in his stead.
29:28. And he died at a good old age, full of days and wealth and glory. And his son Solomon reigned in his place.
29:28. And he died in a good old age, full of days, riches, and honour: and Solomon his son reigned in his stead.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
29:28: And he died - David, at his death, had every thing that his heart could wish.
1. A good old age, having lived as long as living could be desirable, and having in the main enjoyed good health.
2. Full of days; having lived till he saw every thing that he lived for either accomplished or in a state of forwardness.
3. Full of riches; witness the immense sums left for the temple.
4. Full of honorer; having gained more renown than any crowned head ever did, either before his time or since - laurels that are fresh to the present hour.
1 Chronicles 29:29
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
29:28: See Kg1 1:1 note.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
29:28: he died: David at his death had every thing that his heart could wish: "he died in a good old age, full of days, riches, and honour;" having gained more renown than any crowned head ever did. "David," says Dr. Delaney, "was a true believer, a zealous adorer of God, teacher of His law and worship, and inspirer of His praise; a glorious example, a perpetual and inexhaustible fountain of true piety; a consummate and unrivalled hero; a skilful and successful captain; a steady patriot; a wise ruler; a faithful, generous, and magnanimous friend; and what is yet rarer, a no less generous and magnanimous enemy; a true penitent, a divine musician, a sublime poet, and an inspired prophet. By birth a peasant, by merit a prince! In youth a hero, in manhood a monarch, and in age a saint."
a good old age: Gen 15:15, Gen 25:8; Job 5:26; Pro 16:31; Act 13:36
full of days: Ch1 23:1; Gen 35:29; Job 5:26
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

On וכבוד עשׁר cf. 3Kings 3:13; 2Chron 17:5.
John Gill
And he died in a good old age,.... Being seventy years of age:
full of days, riches, and honour; had as much of either of them as he could wish for; and having enough, he sought after, and was taken to the possession of, eternal life, durable riches, and honours, and glory, that fade not away:
and Solomon his son reigned in his stead; in full power and authority.
John Wesley
Riches and honour - That is, he had enough of this world, and of the riches of and honour of it; and he knew when he had enough. He was satisfied with it, and very willing to go to a better place.
29:2929:29: Եւ մնացեալ բանք արքայի Դաւթի՝ առաջինք եւ վերջինք, գրեա՛լ են ՚ի բանս Սամուելի տեսանողի, եւ ՚ի բանս Նաթանայ մարգարէի, եւ ՚ի բանս Գադայ տեսանողի.
29 Դաւիթ արքայի մնացած՝ առաջին եւ վերջին գործերը, նրա ամբողջ թագաւորութեան ու զօրութեան մասին,
29 Դաւիթ թագաւորին առաջին ու վերջին գործերը Սամուէլ տեսանողին գրքին մէջ ու Նաթան մարգարէին գրքին մէջ եւ Գադ տեսանողին գրքին մէջ գրուած են։
Եւ [482]մնացեալ բանք արքայի Դաւթի` առաջինք եւ վերջինք, գրեալ են ի բանս Սամուելի տեսանողի, եւ ի բանս Նաթանայ մարգարէի եւ ի բանս Գադայ տեսանողի:

29:29: Եւ մնացեալ բանք արքայի Դաւթի՝ առաջինք եւ վերջինք, գրեա՛լ են ՚ի բանս Սամուելի տեսանողի, եւ ՚ի բանս Նաթանայ մարգարէի, եւ ՚ի բանս Գադայ տեսանողի.
29 Դաւիթ արքայի մնացած՝ առաջին եւ վերջին գործերը, նրա ամբողջ թագաւորութեան ու զօրութեան մասին,
29 Դաւիթ թագաւորին առաջին ու վերջին գործերը Սամուէլ տեսանողին գրքին մէջ ու Նաթան մարգարէին գրքին մէջ եւ Գադ տեսանողին գրքին մէջ գրուած են։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
29:2929:29 Дела царя Давида, первые и последние, описаны в записях Самуила провидца и в записях Нафана пророка и в записях Гада прозорливца,
29:29 οἱ ο the δὲ δε though; while λοιποὶ λοιπος rest; remains λόγοι λογος word; log τοῦ ο the βασιλέως βασιλευς monarch; king Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith οἱ ο the πρότεροι προτερος earlier καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the ὕστεροι υστερος latter γεγραμμένοι γραφω write εἰσὶν ειμι be ἐν εν in λόγοις λογος word; log Σαμουηλ σαμουηλ Samouēl; Samoil τοῦ ο the βλέποντος βλεπω look; see καὶ και and; even ἐπὶ επι in; on λόγων λογος word; log Ναθαν ναθαν Nathan τοῦ ο the προφήτου προφητης prophet καὶ και and; even ἐπὶ επι in; on λόγων λογος word; log Γαδ γαδ Gad; Gath τοῦ ο the βλέποντος βλεπω look; see
29:29 וְ wᵊ וְ and דִבְרֵי֙ ḏivrˌê דָּבָר word דָּוִ֣יד dāwˈîḏ דָּוִד David הַ ha הַ the מֶּ֔לֶךְ mmˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king הָ hā הַ the רִאשֹׁנִ֖ים rišōnˌîm רִאשֹׁון first וְ wᵊ וְ and הָ hā הַ the אֲחרֹנִ֑ים ʔᵃḥrōnˈîm אַחֲרֹון at the back הִנָּ֣ם hinnˈām הִנֵּה behold כְּתוּבִ֗ים kᵊṯûvˈîm כתב write עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon דִּבְרֵי֙ divrˌê דָּבָר word שְׁמוּאֵ֣ל šᵊmûʔˈēl שְׁמוּאֵל Samuel הָ hā הַ the רֹאֶ֔ה rōʔˈeh רֹאֶה seer וְ wᵊ וְ and עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon דִּבְרֵי֙ divrˌê דָּבָר word נָתָ֣ן nāṯˈān נָתָן Nathan הַ ha הַ the נָּבִ֔יא nnāvˈî נָבִיא prophet וְ wᵊ וְ and עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon דִּבְרֵ֖י divrˌê דָּבָר word גָּ֥ד gˌāḏ גָּד Gad הַ ha הַ the חֹזֶֽה׃ ḥōzˈeh חֹזֶה seer
29:29. gesta autem David regis priora et novissima scripta sunt in libro Samuhel videntis et in libro Nathan prophetae atque in volumine Gad videntisNow the acts of king David first and last are written in the book of Samuel the seer, and in the book of Nathan the prophet, and in the book of Gad the seer:
29. Now the acts of David the king, first and last, behold, they are written in the history of Samuel the seer, and in the history of Nathan the prophet, and in the history of Gad the seer;
29:29. Now the acts of king David, from the first to the last, have been written in the book of Samuel the seer, and in the book of Nathan the prophet, and in the book of Gad the seer,
29:29. Now the acts of David the king, first and last, behold, they [are] written in the book of Samuel the seer, and in the book of Nathan the prophet, and in the book of Gad the seer,
Now the acts of David the king, first and last, behold, they [are] written in the book of Samuel the seer, and in the book of Nathan the prophet, and in the book of Gad the seer:

29:29 Дела царя Давида, первые и последние, описаны в записях Самуила провидца и в записях Нафана пророка и в записях Гада прозорливца,
29:29
οἱ ο the
δὲ δε though; while
λοιποὶ λοιπος rest; remains
λόγοι λογος word; log
τοῦ ο the
βασιλέως βασιλευς monarch; king
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
οἱ ο the
πρότεροι προτερος earlier
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
ὕστεροι υστερος latter
γεγραμμένοι γραφω write
εἰσὶν ειμι be
ἐν εν in
λόγοις λογος word; log
Σαμουηλ σαμουηλ Samouēl; Samoil
τοῦ ο the
βλέποντος βλεπω look; see
καὶ και and; even
ἐπὶ επι in; on
λόγων λογος word; log
Ναθαν ναθαν Nathan
τοῦ ο the
προφήτου προφητης prophet
καὶ και and; even
ἐπὶ επι in; on
λόγων λογος word; log
Γαδ γαδ Gad; Gath
τοῦ ο the
βλέποντος βλεπω look; see
29:29
וְ wᵊ וְ and
דִבְרֵי֙ ḏivrˌê דָּבָר word
דָּוִ֣יד dāwˈîḏ דָּוִד David
הַ ha הַ the
מֶּ֔לֶךְ mmˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king
הָ הַ the
רִאשֹׁנִ֖ים rišōnˌîm רִאשֹׁון first
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָ הַ the
אֲחרֹנִ֑ים ʔᵃḥrōnˈîm אַחֲרֹון at the back
הִנָּ֣ם hinnˈām הִנֵּה behold
כְּתוּבִ֗ים kᵊṯûvˈîm כתב write
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
דִּבְרֵי֙ divrˌê דָּבָר word
שְׁמוּאֵ֣ל šᵊmûʔˈēl שְׁמוּאֵל Samuel
הָ הַ the
רֹאֶ֔ה rōʔˈeh רֹאֶה seer
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
דִּבְרֵי֙ divrˌê דָּבָר word
נָתָ֣ן nāṯˈān נָתָן Nathan
הַ ha הַ the
נָּבִ֔יא nnāvˈî נָבִיא prophet
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
דִּבְרֵ֖י divrˌê דָּבָר word
גָּ֥ד gˌāḏ גָּד Gad
הַ ha הַ the
חֹזֶֽה׃ ḥōzˈeh חֹזֶה seer
29:29. gesta autem David regis priora et novissima scripta sunt in libro Samuhel videntis et in libro Nathan prophetae atque in volumine Gad videntis
Now the acts of king David first and last are written in the book of Samuel the seer, and in the book of Nathan the prophet, and in the book of Gad the seer:
29:29. Now the acts of king David, from the first to the last, have been written in the book of Samuel the seer, and in the book of Nathan the prophet, and in the book of Gad the seer,
29:29. Now the acts of David the king, first and last, behold, they [are] written in the book of Samuel the seer, and in the book of Nathan the prophet, and in the book of Gad the seer,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
29:29: The acts of David - first and last - Those which concerned him in private life, as well as those which grew out of his regal government. All these were written by three eminent men, personally acquainted with him through the principal part of his life; these were Samuel and Gad the seers, and Nathan the prophet. These writings are all lost, except the particulars interspersed in the books of Samuel, Kings, and Chronicles, none of which are the records mentioned here.
1 Chronicles 29:30
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
29:29: On the character of the works alluded to, see Introduction to Chronicles.
Gad the seer - Gad is not given here the same title as Samuel. Samuel's title is one, apparently, of higher dignity, applied only to him and to Hanani Ch2 16:7, Ch2 16:10. Gad's is a far commoner title; it is applied to his contemporaries Asaph Ch2 29:30, Heman Ch1 25:5, and Jeduthun Ch2 35:15, to Iddo Ch2 9:29; Ch2 12:15, to Jehu, the son of Hanani Ch2 19:2, and to the prophet Amos Amo 7:12. When "seers" are spoken of in the plural, it is the term almost universally used, only one instance Isa 30:10 occurring to the contrary.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
29:29: the acts: Kg1 11:41, Kg1 14:29; Heb 11:32, Heb 11:33
book: or, history, Heb. words
Samuel: Sa1 9:9
Nathan: Sa2 7:2-4, Sa2 12:1-7
Gad the seer: Ch1 21:9-11
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

On the authorities cited see the Introduction. וגו כּל־מלכוּתו עם goes with כּתוּבים הנּם: the acts of David ... are written ... together with his whole reign and his power, and the times which went over him. העתּים, the times, with their joys and sorrows, as in Ps 31:16; Job 24:1. The kingdoms of the lands (cf. 2Chron 12:8; 2Chron 17:10; 2Chron 20:29) are the kingdoms with which the Israelites under David came into contact-Philistia, Edom, Moab, Ammon, Aram.
Geneva 1599
Now the acts of David the king, first and last, behold, they [are] written in the book of Samuel the seer, and in the book of (o) Nathan the prophet, and in the book of Gad the seer,
(o) The books of Nathan and Gad are thought to have been lost in the captivity.
John Gill
Now the acts of David the king, first and last,.... All that he did that was memorable, both before he was king, and when king in Hebron, and then in Jerusalem:
behold, they are written in the book of Samuel the seer, and in the book of Nathan the prophet, and in the book of Gad the seer; which were journals of his life and actions, begun by Samuel, and carried on by Nathan and Gad; out of which what is recorded in canonical Scripture was taken by divine direction, and preserved, while other writings are lost; or rather the book of Samuel designs the first book of Samuel, and the books of Nathan and Gad the second book of Samuel, by whom it was written.
John Wesley
The book - In the chronicles of the kingdom, which were written by Nathan and Gad, who were not only prophets, but historiographers out of which either they or some other prophets took by the direction of God's spirit such passages, as were most important and useful for the church in succeeding ages.
29:3029:30: յագաղս ամենայն թագաւորութեան նորա, եւ հարստութեան նորա. եւ ժամանակք որ եղեն նորա ՚ի վերայ Իսրայէլի, եւ ՚ի վերայ ամենայն թագաւորութեանց երկրի[4451]։[4451] Յօրինակին. Եւ ժամանակք որ են նորա։
30 ինչ որ կատարուել էր նրա ժամանակ թէ՛ Իսրայէլում եւ թէ՛ երկրի միւս թագաւորութիւններում, նկարագրուած են Սամուէլ տեսանողի գրքում, Նաթան մարգարէի գրքում եւ Գադ տեսանողի գրքում:
30 Նաեւ անոր բոլոր գործերն ու քաջութիւնը՝ թէ՛ Իսրայէլի եւ թէ՛ ուրիշ երկիրներուն վրայ թագաւորած ատեն՝ պատահած դիպուածները։
յաղագս ամենայն թագաւորութեան նորա եւ [483]հարստութեան նորա, եւ [484]ժամանակք որ եղեն նորա ի վերայ Իսրայելի եւ ի վերայ ամենայն թագաւորութեանց երկրի:

29:30: յագաղս ամենայն թագաւորութեան նորա, եւ հարստութեան նորա. եւ ժամանակք որ եղեն նորա ՚ի վերայ Իսրայէլի, եւ ՚ի վերայ ամենայն թագաւորութեանց երկրի[4451]։
[4451] Յօրինակին. Եւ ժամանակք որ են նորա։
30 ինչ որ կատարուել էր նրա ժամանակ թէ՛ Իսրայէլում եւ թէ՛ երկրի միւս թագաւորութիւններում, նկարագրուած են Սամուէլ տեսանողի գրքում, Նաթան մարգարէի գրքում եւ Գադ տեսանողի գրքում:
30 Նաեւ անոր բոլոր գործերն ու քաջութիւնը՝ թէ՛ Իսրայէլի եւ թէ՛ ուրիշ երկիրներուն վրայ թագաւորած ատեն՝ պատահած դիպուածները։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
29:3029:30 равно и все царствование его, и мужество его, и происшествия, случившиеся с ним и с Израилем и со всеми земными царствами.
29:30 περὶ περι about; around πάσης πας all; every τῆς ο the βασιλείας βασιλεια realm; kingdom αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even τῆς ο the δυναστείας δυναστεια he; him καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the καιροί καιρος season; opportunity οἳ ος who; what ἐγένοντο γινομαι happen; become ἐπ᾿ επι in; on αὐτῷ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἐπὶ επι in; on τὸν ο the Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel καὶ και and; even ἐπὶ επι in; on πάσας πας all; every βασιλείας βασιλεια realm; kingdom τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land
29:30 עִ֥ם ʕˌim עִם with כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole מַלְכוּתֹ֖ו malᵊḵûṯˌô מַלְכוּת kingship וּ û וְ and גְבוּרָתֹ֑ו ḡᵊvûrāṯˈô גְּבוּרָה strength וְ wᵊ וְ and הָ hā הַ the עִתִּ֗ים ʕittˈîm עֵת time אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] עָבְר֤וּ ʕāvᵊrˈû עבר pass עָלָיו֙ ʕālāʸw עַל upon וְ wᵊ וְ and עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel וְ wᵊ וְ and עַ֖ל ʕˌal עַל upon כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole מַמְלְכֹ֥ות mamlᵊḵˌôṯ מַמְלָכָה kingdom הָ hā הַ the אֲרָצֹֽות׃ פ ʔᵃrāṣˈôṯ . f אֶרֶץ earth
29:30. universique regni eius et fortitudinis et temporum quae transierunt sub eo sive in Israhel sive in cunctis regnis terrarumAnd of all his reign, and his valour, and of the times that passed under him, either in Israel, or in all the kingdoms of the countries.
30. with all his reign and his might, and the times that went over him, and over Israel, and over all the kingdoms of the countries.
29:30. concerning his entire reign and strength, and the times that passed under him, both in Israel and in all the kingdoms of the lands.
29:30. With all his reign and his might, and the times that went over him, and over Israel, and over all the kingdoms of the countries.
With all his reign and his might, and the times that went over him, and over Israel, and over all the kingdoms of the countries:

29:30 равно и все царствование его, и мужество его, и происшествия, случившиеся с ним и с Израилем и со всеми земными царствами.
29:30
περὶ περι about; around
πάσης πας all; every
τῆς ο the
βασιλείας βασιλεια realm; kingdom
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
τῆς ο the
δυναστείας δυναστεια he; him
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
καιροί καιρος season; opportunity
οἳ ος who; what
ἐγένοντο γινομαι happen; become
ἐπ᾿ επι in; on
αὐτῷ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὸν ο the
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
καὶ και and; even
ἐπὶ επι in; on
πάσας πας all; every
βασιλείας βασιλεια realm; kingdom
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
29:30
עִ֥ם ʕˌim עִם with
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
מַלְכוּתֹ֖ו malᵊḵûṯˌô מַלְכוּת kingship
וּ û וְ and
גְבוּרָתֹ֑ו ḡᵊvûrāṯˈô גְּבוּרָה strength
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָ הַ the
עִתִּ֗ים ʕittˈîm עֵת time
אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
עָבְר֤וּ ʕāvᵊrˈû עבר pass
עָלָיו֙ ʕālāʸw עַל upon
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַ֖ל ʕˌal עַל upon
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
מַמְלְכֹ֥ות mamlᵊḵˌôṯ מַמְלָכָה kingdom
הָ הַ the
אֲרָצֹֽות׃ פ ʔᵃrāṣˈôṯ . f אֶרֶץ earth
29:30. universique regni eius et fortitudinis et temporum quae transierunt sub eo sive in Israhel sive in cunctis regnis terrarum
And of all his reign, and his valour, and of the times that passed under him, either in Israel, or in all the kingdoms of the countries.
29:30. concerning his entire reign and strength, and the times that passed under him, both in Israel and in all the kingdoms of the lands.
29:30. With all his reign and his might, and the times that went over him, and over Israel, and over all the kingdoms of the countries.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
29:30: The times that went over him - The transactions of his reign, and the occurrences and vicissitudes in his own kingdom, as well as those which were over all the kingdoms of the countries, i.e., in the surrounding nations, in most of which David had a share during his forty years' reign. Relative to the character of David, see a few remarks in the note on Kg1 2:10 (note); and see more at the end of the Psalms.
Dr. Delaney gives a just view of his character in a few words: "To sum up all, David was a true believer, a zealous adorer of God, teacher of his law and worship, and inspirer of his praise. A glorious example, a perpetual and inexhaustible fountain of true piety. A consummate and unequalled hero; a skillful and fortunate captain; a steady patriot; a wise ruler; a faithful, generous, and magnanimous friend; and, what is yet rarer, a no less generous and magnanimous enemy. A true penitent, a divine musician, a sublime poet, and an inspired prophet. By birth, a peasant; by merit, a prince; in youth, a hero; in manhood, a monarch; and in age, a saint." The matter of Uriah and Bath-sheba is his great but only blot! There he sinned deeply; and no man ever suffered more in his body, soul, and domestic affairs, than he did in consequence. His penitence was as deep and as extraordinary as his crime; and nothing could surpass both but that eternal mercy that took away the guilt, assuaged the sorrow, and restored this most humbled transgressor to character, holiness, and happiness. Let the God of David be exalted for ever!
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
29:30: The times that went over him - i. e., the events that happened to him. Compare Psa 31:15.
All the kingdoms of the countries - The kingdoms, i. e., of Moab, Ammon, Damascus, Zobah, etc. See the full phrase in Ch2 17:10. Some account of these kingdoms would necessarily have been given in any history of David's reign.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
29:30: his might: Kg2 10:34, Kg2 14:28
the times: Dan 2:21, Dan 4:23, Dan 4:25
Next: 2 Chronicles Chapter 1
Geneva 1599
With all his reign and his might, and the (p) times that went over him, and over Israel, and over all the kingdoms of the countries.
(p) Meaning the troubles and griefs.
John Gill
With all his reign and his might,.... The whole of it, and the mighty valiant acts done by him, the battles he fought, and the victories he obtained:
and the times that went over him, and over Israel, and all the kingdoms of the countries; things that were done in his time in Israel, and in the nations round about subdued by him, as Moab, Ammon, Syria, and Philistia.
John Wesley
The times - The changes which befel him; both his troubles, and his successes, the word time or times being often put for things done or happening in them. The countries - Bordering upon the land of Canaan.